Line data Source code
1 : /* Analyze RTL for GNU compiler.
2 : Copyright (C) 1987-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 :
4 : This file is part of GCC.
5 :
6 : GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
7 : the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
8 : Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
9 : version.
10 :
11 : GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
12 : WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
13 : FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
14 : for more details.
15 :
16 : You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 : along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
18 : <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19 :
20 :
21 : #include "config.h"
22 : #include "system.h"
23 : #include "coretypes.h"
24 : #include "backend.h"
25 : #include "target.h"
26 : #include "rtl.h"
27 : #include "rtlanal.h"
28 : #include "tree.h"
29 : #include "predict.h"
30 : #include "df.h"
31 : #include "memmodel.h"
32 : #include "tm_p.h"
33 : #include "insn-config.h"
34 : #include "regs.h"
35 : #include "emit-rtl.h" /* FIXME: Can go away once crtl is moved to rtl.h. */
36 : #include "recog.h"
37 : #include "addresses.h"
38 : #include "rtl-iter.h"
39 : #include "hard-reg-set.h"
40 : #include "function-abi.h"
41 :
42 : /* Forward declarations */
43 : static void set_of_1 (rtx, const_rtx, void *);
44 : static bool covers_regno_p (const_rtx, unsigned int);
45 : static bool covers_regno_no_parallel_p (const_rtx, unsigned int);
46 : static bool computed_jump_p_1 (const_rtx);
47 : static void parms_set (rtx, const_rtx, void *);
48 :
49 : static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cached_nonzero_bits (const_rtx, scalar_int_mode,
50 : const_rtx, machine_mode,
51 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
52 : static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero_bits1 (const_rtx, scalar_int_mode,
53 : const_rtx, machine_mode,
54 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
55 : static unsigned int cached_num_sign_bit_copies (const_rtx, scalar_int_mode,
56 : const_rtx, machine_mode,
57 : unsigned int);
58 : static unsigned int num_sign_bit_copies1 (const_rtx, scalar_int_mode,
59 : const_rtx, machine_mode,
60 : unsigned int);
61 :
62 : rtx_subrtx_bound_info rtx_all_subrtx_bounds[NUM_RTX_CODE];
63 : rtx_subrtx_bound_info rtx_nonconst_subrtx_bounds[NUM_RTX_CODE];
64 :
65 : /* Truncation narrows the mode from SOURCE mode to DESTINATION mode.
66 : If TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (DESTINATION, DESTINATION_REP) is
67 : SIGN_EXTEND then while narrowing we also have to enforce the
68 : representation and sign-extend the value to mode DESTINATION_REP.
69 :
70 : If the value is already sign-extended to DESTINATION_REP mode we
71 : can just switch to DESTINATION mode on it. For each pair of
72 : integral modes SOURCE and DESTINATION, when truncating from SOURCE
73 : to DESTINATION, NUM_SIGN_BIT_COPIES_IN_REP[SOURCE][DESTINATION]
74 : contains the number of high-order bits in SOURCE that have to be
75 : copies of the sign-bit so that we can do this mode-switch to
76 : DESTINATION. */
77 :
78 : static unsigned int
79 : num_sign_bit_copies_in_rep[MAX_MODE_INT + 1][MAX_MODE_INT + 1];
80 :
81 : /* Store X into index I of ARRAY. ARRAY is known to have at least I
82 : elements. Return the new base of ARRAY. */
83 :
84 : template <typename T>
85 : typename T::value_type *
86 9178098 : generic_subrtx_iterator <T>::add_single_to_queue (array_type &array,
87 : value_type *base,
88 : size_t i, value_type x)
89 : {
90 9178098 : if (base == array.stack)
91 : {
92 4709767 : if (i < LOCAL_ELEMS)
93 : {
94 4406341 : base[i] = x;
95 4406341 : return base;
96 : }
97 303426 : gcc_checking_assert (i == LOCAL_ELEMS);
98 : /* A previous iteration might also have moved from the stack to the
99 : heap, in which case the heap array will already be big enough. */
100 303426 : if (vec_safe_length (array.heap) <= i)
101 303426 : vec_safe_grow (array.heap, i + 1, true);
102 303426 : base = array.heap->address ();
103 303426 : memcpy (base, array.stack, sizeof (array.stack));
104 303426 : base[LOCAL_ELEMS] = x;
105 303426 : return base;
106 : }
107 4468331 : unsigned int length = array.heap->length ();
108 4468331 : if (length > i)
109 : {
110 1164437 : gcc_checking_assert (base == array.heap->address ());
111 1164437 : base[i] = x;
112 1164437 : return base;
113 : }
114 : else
115 : {
116 3303894 : gcc_checking_assert (i == length);
117 3303894 : vec_safe_push (array.heap, x);
118 3303894 : return array.heap->address ();
119 : }
120 : }
121 :
122 : /* Add the subrtxes of X to worklist ARRAY, starting at END. Return the
123 : number of elements added to the worklist. */
124 :
125 : template <typename T>
126 : size_t
127 327000418 : generic_subrtx_iterator <T>::add_subrtxes_to_queue (array_type &array,
128 : value_type *base,
129 : size_t end, rtx_type x)
130 : {
131 327000418 : enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
132 327000418 : const char *format = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
133 327000418 : size_t orig_end = end;
134 327000418 : if (UNLIKELY (INSN_P (x)))
135 : {
136 : /* Put the pattern at the top of the queue, since that's what
137 : we're likely to want most. It also allows for the SEQUENCE
138 : code below. */
139 137241 : for (int i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
140 121226 : if (format[i] == 'e')
141 : {
142 32746 : value_type subx = T::get_value (x->u.fld[i].rt_rtx);
143 32746 : if (LIKELY (end < LOCAL_ELEMS))
144 32746 : base[end++] = subx;
145 : else
146 0 : base = add_single_to_queue (array, base, end++, subx);
147 : }
148 : }
149 : else
150 713895310 : for (int i = 0; format[i]; ++i)
151 386910907 : if (format[i] == 'e')
152 : {
153 518457 : value_type subx = T::get_value (x->u.fld[i].rt_rtx);
154 518457 : if (LIKELY (end < LOCAL_ELEMS))
155 16 : base[end++] = subx;
156 : else
157 518441 : base = add_single_to_queue (array, base, end++, subx);
158 : }
159 386392450 : else if (format[i] == 'E')
160 : {
161 333341205 : unsigned int length = GET_NUM_ELEM (x->u.fld[i].rt_rtvec);
162 333341205 : rtx *vec = x->u.fld[i].rt_rtvec->elem;
163 333341205 : if (LIKELY (end + length <= LOCAL_ELEMS))
164 1019679986 : for (unsigned int j = 0; j < length; j++)
165 686724170 : base[end++] = T::get_value (vec[j]);
166 : else
167 9045046 : for (unsigned int j = 0; j < length; j++)
168 8659657 : base = add_single_to_queue (array, base, end++,
169 8659657 : T::get_value (vec[j]));
170 333341205 : if (code == SEQUENCE && end == length)
171 : /* If the subrtxes of the sequence fill the entire array then
172 : we know that no other parts of a containing insn are queued.
173 : The caller is therefore iterating over the sequence as a
174 : PATTERN (...), so we also want the patterns of the
175 : subinstructions. */
176 0 : for (unsigned int j = 0; j < length; j++)
177 : {
178 0 : typename T::rtx_type x = T::get_rtx (base[j]);
179 0 : if (INSN_P (x))
180 0 : base[j] = T::get_value (PATTERN (x));
181 : }
182 : }
183 327000418 : return end - orig_end;
184 : }
185 :
186 : template <typename T>
187 : void
188 303426 : generic_subrtx_iterator <T>::free_array (array_type &array)
189 : {
190 303426 : vec_free (array.heap);
191 303426 : }
192 :
193 : template <typename T>
194 : const size_t generic_subrtx_iterator <T>::LOCAL_ELEMS;
195 :
196 : template class generic_subrtx_iterator <const_rtx_accessor>;
197 : template class generic_subrtx_iterator <rtx_var_accessor>;
198 : template class generic_subrtx_iterator <rtx_ptr_accessor>;
199 :
200 : /* Return true if the value of X is unstable
201 : (would be different at a different point in the program).
202 : The frame pointer, arg pointer, etc. are considered stable
203 : (within one function) and so is anything marked `unchanging'. */
204 :
205 : bool
206 0 : rtx_unstable_p (const_rtx x)
207 : {
208 0 : const RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
209 0 : int i;
210 0 : const char *fmt;
211 :
212 0 : switch (code)
213 : {
214 0 : case MEM:
215 0 : return !MEM_READONLY_P (x) || rtx_unstable_p (XEXP (x, 0));
216 :
217 : case CONST:
218 : CASE_CONST_ANY:
219 : case SYMBOL_REF:
220 : case LABEL_REF:
221 : return false;
222 :
223 0 : case REG:
224 : /* As in rtx_varies_p, we have to use the actual rtx, not reg number. */
225 0 : if (x == frame_pointer_rtx || x == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
226 : /* The arg pointer varies if it is not a fixed register. */
227 0 : || (x == arg_pointer_rtx && fixed_regs[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM]))
228 : return false;
229 : /* ??? When call-clobbered, the value is stable modulo the restore
230 : that must happen after a call. This currently screws up local-alloc
231 : into believing that the restore is not needed. */
232 0 : if (!PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED && x == pic_offset_table_rtx)
233 : return false;
234 : return true;
235 :
236 0 : case ASM_OPERANDS:
237 0 : if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
238 : return true;
239 :
240 : /* Fall through. */
241 :
242 0 : default:
243 0 : break;
244 : }
245 :
246 0 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
247 0 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
248 0 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
249 : {
250 0 : if (rtx_unstable_p (XEXP (x, i)))
251 : return true;
252 : }
253 0 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
254 : {
255 : int j;
256 0 : for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
257 0 : if (rtx_unstable_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
258 : return true;
259 : }
260 :
261 : return false;
262 : }
263 :
264 : /* Return true if X has a value that can vary even between two
265 : executions of the program. false means X can be compared reliably
266 : against certain constants or near-constants.
267 : FOR_ALIAS is nonzero if we are called from alias analysis; if it is
268 : zero, we are slightly more conservative.
269 : The frame pointer and the arg pointer are considered constant. */
270 :
271 : bool
272 497603431 : rtx_varies_p (const_rtx x, bool for_alias)
273 : {
274 497603431 : RTX_CODE code;
275 497603431 : int i;
276 497603431 : const char *fmt;
277 :
278 497603431 : if (!x)
279 : return false;
280 :
281 497603431 : code = GET_CODE (x);
282 497603431 : switch (code)
283 : {
284 92188072 : case MEM:
285 92188072 : return !MEM_READONLY_P (x) || rtx_varies_p (XEXP (x, 0), for_alias);
286 :
287 : case CONST:
288 : CASE_CONST_ANY:
289 : case SYMBOL_REF:
290 : case LABEL_REF:
291 : return false;
292 :
293 160359337 : case REG:
294 : /* Note that we have to test for the actual rtx used for the frame
295 : and arg pointers and not just the register number in case we have
296 : eliminated the frame and/or arg pointer and are using it
297 : for pseudos. */
298 160359337 : if (x == frame_pointer_rtx || x == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
299 : /* The arg pointer varies if it is not a fixed register. */
300 142286754 : || (x == arg_pointer_rtx && fixed_regs[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM]))
301 : return false;
302 142055731 : if (x == pic_offset_table_rtx
303 : /* ??? When call-clobbered, the value is stable modulo the restore
304 : that must happen after a call. This currently screws up
305 : local-alloc into believing that the restore is not needed, so we
306 : must return 0 only if we are called from alias analysis. */
307 : && (!PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED || for_alias))
308 : return false;
309 : return true;
310 :
311 0 : case LO_SUM:
312 : /* The operand 0 of a LO_SUM is considered constant
313 : (in fact it is related specifically to operand 1)
314 : during alias analysis. */
315 0 : return (! for_alias && rtx_varies_p (XEXP (x, 0), for_alias))
316 0 : || rtx_varies_p (XEXP (x, 1), for_alias);
317 :
318 91949 : case ASM_OPERANDS:
319 91949 : if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
320 : return true;
321 :
322 : /* Fall through. */
323 :
324 138365469 : default:
325 138365469 : break;
326 : }
327 :
328 138365469 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
329 242269208 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
330 219576624 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
331 : {
332 201024737 : if (rtx_varies_p (XEXP (x, i), for_alias))
333 : return true;
334 : }
335 18551887 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
336 : {
337 : int j;
338 19902536 : for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
339 15686668 : if (rtx_varies_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), for_alias))
340 : return true;
341 : }
342 :
343 : return false;
344 : }
345 :
346 : /* Compute an approximation for the offset between the register
347 : FROM and TO for the current function, as it was at the start
348 : of the routine. */
349 :
350 : static poly_int64
351 239013060 : get_initial_register_offset (int from, int to)
352 : {
353 239013060 : static const struct elim_table_t
354 : {
355 : const int from;
356 : const int to;
357 : } table[] = ELIMINABLE_REGS;
358 239013060 : poly_int64 offset1, offset2;
359 239013060 : unsigned int i, j;
360 :
361 239013060 : if (to == from)
362 0 : return 0;
363 :
364 : /* It is not safe to call INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET before the epilogue
365 : is completed, but we need to give at least an estimate for the stack
366 : pointer based on the frame size. */
367 239013060 : if (!epilogue_completed)
368 : {
369 131411239 : offset1 = crtl->outgoing_args_size + get_frame_size ();
370 : #if !STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
371 : offset1 = - offset1;
372 : #endif
373 131411239 : if (to == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
374 130873963 : return offset1;
375 537276 : else if (from == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
376 268638 : return - offset1;
377 : else
378 268638 : return 0;
379 : }
380 :
381 108745663 : for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
382 108745663 : if (table[i].from == from)
383 : {
384 107601821 : if (table[i].to == to)
385 : {
386 106457979 : INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (table[i].from, table[i].to,
387 : offset1);
388 106457979 : return offset1;
389 : }
390 5719210 : for (j = 0; j < ARRAY_SIZE (table); j++)
391 : {
392 4575368 : if (table[j].to == to
393 2287684 : && table[j].from == table[i].to)
394 : {
395 0 : INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (table[i].from, table[i].to,
396 : offset1);
397 0 : INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (table[j].from, table[j].to,
398 : offset2);
399 0 : return offset1 + offset2;
400 : }
401 4575368 : if (table[j].from == to
402 0 : && table[j].to == table[i].to)
403 : {
404 0 : INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (table[i].from, table[i].to,
405 : offset1);
406 0 : INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (table[j].from, table[j].to,
407 : offset2);
408 0 : return offset1 - offset2;
409 : }
410 : }
411 : }
412 1143842 : else if (table[i].to == from)
413 : {
414 1143842 : if (table[i].from == to)
415 : {
416 0 : INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (table[i].from, table[i].to,
417 : offset1);
418 0 : return - offset1;
419 : }
420 2287684 : for (j = 0; j < ARRAY_SIZE (table); j++)
421 : {
422 2287684 : if (table[j].to == to
423 1143842 : && table[j].from == table[i].from)
424 : {
425 1143842 : INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (table[i].from, table[i].to,
426 : offset1);
427 1143842 : INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (table[j].from, table[j].to,
428 : offset2);
429 1143842 : return - offset1 + offset2;
430 : }
431 1143842 : if (table[j].from == to
432 0 : && table[j].to == table[i].from)
433 : {
434 0 : INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (table[i].from, table[i].to,
435 : offset1);
436 0 : INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (table[j].from, table[j].to,
437 : offset2);
438 0 : return - offset1 - offset2;
439 : }
440 : }
441 : }
442 :
443 : /* If the requested register combination was not found,
444 : try a different more simple combination. */
445 0 : if (from == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
446 : return get_initial_register_offset (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, to);
447 0 : else if (to == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
448 : return get_initial_register_offset (from, HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
449 0 : else if (from == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
450 : return get_initial_register_offset (FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, to);
451 0 : else if (to == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
452 : return get_initial_register_offset (from, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
453 : else
454 0 : return 0;
455 : }
456 :
457 : /* Return true if the use of X+OFFSET as an address in a MEM with SIZE
458 : bytes can cause a trap. MODE is the mode of the MEM (not that of X) and
459 : UNALIGNED_MEMS controls whether true is returned for unaligned memory
460 : references on strict alignment machines. */
461 :
462 : static bool
463 810641874 : rtx_addr_can_trap_p_1 (const_rtx x, poly_int64 offset, poly_int64 size,
464 : machine_mode mode, bool unaligned_mems)
465 : {
466 810641874 : enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
467 810641874 : gcc_checking_assert (mode == BLKmode
468 : || mode == VOIDmode
469 : || known_size_p (size));
470 810641874 : poly_int64 const_x1;
471 :
472 : /* The offset must be a multiple of the mode size if we are considering
473 : unaligned memory references on strict alignment machines. */
474 810641874 : if (STRICT_ALIGNMENT
475 : && unaligned_mems
476 : && mode != BLKmode
477 : && mode != VOIDmode)
478 : {
479 : poly_int64 actual_offset = offset;
480 :
481 : #ifdef SPARC_STACK_BOUNDARY_HACK
482 : /* ??? The SPARC port may claim a STACK_BOUNDARY higher than
483 : the real alignment of %sp. However, when it does this, the
484 : alignment of %sp+STACK_POINTER_OFFSET is STACK_BOUNDARY. */
485 : if (SPARC_STACK_BOUNDARY_HACK
486 : && (x == stack_pointer_rtx || x == hard_frame_pointer_rtx))
487 : actual_offset -= STACK_POINTER_OFFSET;
488 : #endif
489 :
490 : if (!multiple_p (actual_offset, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)))
491 : return true;
492 : }
493 :
494 810641874 : switch (code)
495 : {
496 6023564 : case SYMBOL_REF:
497 6023564 : if (SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x))
498 : return true;
499 5693702 : if (!CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x) && !SYMBOL_REF_FUNCTION_P (x))
500 : {
501 699240 : tree decl;
502 699240 : poly_int64 decl_size;
503 :
504 699240 : if (maybe_lt (offset, 0))
505 : return true;
506 698260 : if (!known_size_p (size))
507 621 : return maybe_ne (offset, 0);
508 :
509 : /* If the size of the access or of the symbol is unknown,
510 : assume the worst. */
511 697639 : decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x);
512 :
513 : /* Else check that the access is in bounds. TODO: restructure
514 : expr_size/tree_expr_size/int_expr_size and just use the latter. */
515 697639 : if (!decl)
516 239259 : decl_size = -1;
517 458380 : else if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
518 : {
519 450426 : if (!poly_int_tree_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl), &decl_size))
520 0 : decl_size = -1;
521 : }
522 7954 : else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
523 0 : decl_size = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl);
524 7954 : else if (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
525 0 : decl_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl));
526 : else
527 7954 : decl_size = -1;
528 :
529 697639 : return (!known_size_p (decl_size) || known_eq (decl_size, 0)
530 697639 : ? maybe_ne (offset, 0)
531 697639 : : !known_subrange_p (offset, size, 0, decl_size));
532 : }
533 :
534 : return false;
535 :
536 : case LABEL_REF:
537 : return false;
538 :
539 404934248 : case REG:
540 : /* Stack references are assumed not to trap, but we need to deal with
541 : nonsensical offsets. */
542 404934248 : if (x == frame_pointer_rtx || x == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
543 396974950 : || x == stack_pointer_rtx
544 : /* The arg pointer varies if it is not a fixed register. */
545 160784349 : || (x == arg_pointer_rtx && fixed_regs[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM]))
546 : {
547 : #ifdef RED_ZONE_SIZE
548 244237028 : poly_int64 red_zone_size = RED_ZONE_SIZE;
549 : #else
550 : poly_int64 red_zone_size = 0;
551 : #endif
552 244237028 : poly_int64 stack_boundary = PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT;
553 244237028 : poly_int64 low_bound, high_bound;
554 :
555 244237028 : if (!known_size_p (size))
556 : return true;
557 :
558 244233488 : if (x == frame_pointer_rtx)
559 : {
560 6545784 : if (FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD)
561 : {
562 6545784 : high_bound = targetm.starting_frame_offset ();
563 6545784 : low_bound = high_bound - get_frame_size ();
564 : }
565 : else
566 : {
567 : low_bound = targetm.starting_frame_offset ();
568 : high_bound = low_bound + get_frame_size ();
569 : }
570 : }
571 237687704 : else if (x == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
572 : {
573 1412480 : poly_int64 sp_offset
574 1412480 : = get_initial_register_offset (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM,
575 : HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
576 1412480 : poly_int64 ap_offset
577 1412480 : = get_initial_register_offset (ARG_POINTER_REGNUM,
578 : HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
579 :
580 : #if STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
581 1412480 : low_bound = sp_offset - red_zone_size - stack_boundary;
582 1412480 : high_bound = ap_offset
583 1412480 : + FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (current_function_decl)
584 : #if !ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
585 1412480 : + crtl->args.size
586 : #endif
587 1412480 : + stack_boundary;
588 : #else
589 : high_bound = sp_offset + red_zone_size + stack_boundary;
590 : low_bound = ap_offset
591 : + FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (current_function_decl)
592 : #if ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
593 : - crtl->args.size
594 : #endif
595 : - stack_boundary;
596 : #endif
597 : }
598 236275224 : else if (x == stack_pointer_rtx)
599 : {
600 236188100 : poly_int64 ap_offset
601 236188100 : = get_initial_register_offset (ARG_POINTER_REGNUM,
602 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
603 :
604 : #if STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
605 236188100 : low_bound = - red_zone_size - stack_boundary;
606 236188100 : high_bound = ap_offset
607 236188100 : + FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (current_function_decl)
608 : #if !ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
609 236188100 : + crtl->args.size
610 : #endif
611 236188100 : + stack_boundary;
612 : #else
613 : high_bound = red_zone_size + stack_boundary;
614 : low_bound = ap_offset
615 : + FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (current_function_decl)
616 : #if ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
617 : - crtl->args.size
618 : #endif
619 : - stack_boundary;
620 : #endif
621 : }
622 : else
623 : {
624 : /* We assume that accesses are safe to at least the
625 : next stack boundary.
626 : Examples are varargs and __builtin_return_address. */
627 : #if ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
628 : high_bound = FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (current_function_decl)
629 : + stack_boundary;
630 : low_bound = FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (current_function_decl)
631 : - crtl->args.size - stack_boundary;
632 : #else
633 87124 : low_bound = FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (current_function_decl)
634 87124 : - stack_boundary;
635 87124 : high_bound = FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (current_function_decl)
636 87124 : + crtl->args.size + stack_boundary;
637 : #endif
638 : }
639 :
640 244233488 : if (known_ge (offset, low_bound)
641 244233488 : && known_le (offset, high_bound - size))
642 : return false;
643 : return true;
644 : }
645 : /* All of the virtual frame registers are stack references. */
646 160697220 : if (VIRTUAL_REGISTER_P (x))
647 : return false;
648 : return true;
649 :
650 294739 : case CONST:
651 294739 : return rtx_addr_can_trap_p_1 (XEXP (x, 0), offset, size,
652 294739 : mode, unaligned_mems);
653 :
654 176314853 : case PLUS:
655 : /* An address is assumed not to trap if:
656 : - it is the pic register plus a const unspec without offset. */
657 176314853 : if (XEXP (x, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx
658 38935 : && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST
659 38901 : && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0)) == UNSPEC
660 176350461 : && known_eq (offset, 0))
661 : return false;
662 :
663 : /* - or it is an address that can't trap plus a constant integer. */
664 176279245 : if (poly_int_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 1), &const_x1)
665 147994738 : && !rtx_addr_can_trap_p_1 (XEXP (x, 0), offset + const_x1,
666 : size, mode, unaligned_mems))
667 : return false;
668 :
669 : return true;
670 :
671 413360 : case LO_SUM:
672 413360 : case PRE_MODIFY:
673 413360 : return rtx_addr_can_trap_p_1 (XEXP (x, 1), offset, size,
674 413360 : mode, unaligned_mems);
675 :
676 196383486 : case PRE_DEC:
677 196383486 : case PRE_INC:
678 196383486 : case POST_DEC:
679 196383486 : case POST_INC:
680 196383486 : case POST_MODIFY:
681 196383486 : return rtx_addr_can_trap_p_1 (XEXP (x, 0), offset, size,
682 196383486 : mode, unaligned_mems);
683 :
684 : default:
685 : break;
686 : }
687 :
688 : /* If it isn't one of the case above, it can cause a trap. */
689 : return true;
690 : }
691 :
692 : /* Return true if the use of X as an address in a MEM can cause a trap. */
693 :
694 : bool
695 13929824 : rtx_addr_can_trap_p (const_rtx x)
696 : {
697 13929824 : return rtx_addr_can_trap_p_1 (x, 0, -1, BLKmode, false);
698 : }
699 :
700 : /* Return true if X contains a MEM subrtx. */
701 :
702 : bool
703 22127321 : contains_mem_rtx_p (rtx x)
704 : {
705 22127321 : subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
706 69121974 : FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
707 54168623 : if (MEM_P (*iter))
708 7173970 : return true;
709 :
710 14953351 : return false;
711 22127321 : }
712 :
713 : /* Return true if X is an address that is known to not be zero. */
714 :
715 : bool
716 56784183 : nonzero_address_p (const_rtx x)
717 : {
718 56786754 : const enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
719 :
720 56786754 : switch (code)
721 : {
722 3789 : case SYMBOL_REF:
723 3789 : return flag_delete_null_pointer_checks && !SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x);
724 :
725 : case LABEL_REF:
726 : return true;
727 :
728 26524008 : case REG:
729 : /* As in rtx_varies_p, we have to use the actual rtx, not reg number. */
730 26524008 : if (x == frame_pointer_rtx || x == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
731 26523954 : || x == stack_pointer_rtx
732 26523954 : || (x == arg_pointer_rtx && fixed_regs[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM]))
733 : return true;
734 : /* All of the virtual frame registers are stack references. */
735 26523954 : if (VIRTUAL_REGISTER_P (x))
736 : return true;
737 : return false;
738 :
739 2571 : case CONST:
740 2571 : return nonzero_address_p (XEXP (x, 0));
741 :
742 12602642 : case PLUS:
743 : /* Handle PIC references. */
744 12602642 : if (XEXP (x, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx
745 0 : && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
746 : return true;
747 : return false;
748 :
749 0 : case PRE_MODIFY:
750 : /* Similar to the above; allow positive offsets. Further, since
751 : auto-inc is only allowed in memories, the register must be a
752 : pointer. */
753 0 : if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
754 0 : && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) > 0)
755 : return true;
756 0 : return nonzero_address_p (XEXP (x, 0));
757 :
758 : case PRE_INC:
759 : /* Similarly. Further, the offset is always positive. */
760 : return true;
761 :
762 0 : case PRE_DEC:
763 0 : case POST_DEC:
764 0 : case POST_INC:
765 0 : case POST_MODIFY:
766 0 : return nonzero_address_p (XEXP (x, 0));
767 :
768 0 : case LO_SUM:
769 0 : return nonzero_address_p (XEXP (x, 1));
770 :
771 : default:
772 : break;
773 : }
774 :
775 : /* If it isn't one of the case above, might be zero. */
776 : return false;
777 : }
778 :
779 : /* Return true if X refers to a memory location whose address
780 : cannot be compared reliably with constant addresses,
781 : or if X refers to a BLKmode memory object.
782 : FOR_ALIAS is nonzero if we are called from alias analysis; if it is
783 : zero, we are slightly more conservative. */
784 :
785 : bool
786 0 : rtx_addr_varies_p (const_rtx x, bool for_alias)
787 : {
788 0 : enum rtx_code code;
789 0 : int i;
790 0 : const char *fmt;
791 :
792 0 : if (x == 0)
793 : return false;
794 :
795 0 : code = GET_CODE (x);
796 0 : if (code == MEM)
797 0 : return GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode || rtx_varies_p (XEXP (x, 0), for_alias);
798 :
799 0 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
800 0 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
801 0 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
802 : {
803 0 : if (rtx_addr_varies_p (XEXP (x, i), for_alias))
804 : return true;
805 : }
806 0 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
807 : {
808 : int j;
809 0 : for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
810 0 : if (rtx_addr_varies_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), for_alias))
811 : return true;
812 : }
813 : return false;
814 : }
815 :
816 : /* Get the declaration of the function called by INSN. */
817 :
818 : tree
819 307614177 : get_call_fndecl (const rtx_insn *insn)
820 : {
821 307614177 : rtx note, datum;
822 :
823 307614177 : note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_CALL_DECL, NULL_RTX);
824 307614177 : if (note == NULL_RTX)
825 : return NULL_TREE;
826 :
827 304344377 : datum = XEXP (note, 0);
828 304344377 : if (datum != NULL_RTX)
829 293269108 : return SYMBOL_REF_DECL (datum);
830 :
831 : return NULL_TREE;
832 : }
833 :
834 : /* Return the value of the integer term in X, if one is apparent;
835 : otherwise return 0.
836 : Only obvious integer terms are detected.
837 : This is used in cse.cc with the `related_value' field. */
838 :
839 : HOST_WIDE_INT
840 461944 : get_integer_term (const_rtx x)
841 : {
842 461944 : if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST)
843 259467 : x = XEXP (x, 0);
844 :
845 461944 : if (GET_CODE (x) == MINUS
846 0 : && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
847 0 : return - INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
848 461944 : if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
849 259467 : && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
850 259467 : return INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
851 : return 0;
852 : }
853 :
854 : /* If X is a constant, return the value sans apparent integer term;
855 : otherwise return 0.
856 : Only obvious integer terms are detected. */
857 :
858 : rtx
859 1367452 : get_related_value (const_rtx x)
860 : {
861 1367452 : if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST)
862 : return 0;
863 1367452 : x = XEXP (x, 0);
864 1367452 : if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
865 1339999 : && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
866 1339999 : return XEXP (x, 0);
867 27453 : else if (GET_CODE (x) == MINUS
868 0 : && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
869 0 : return XEXP (x, 0);
870 : return 0;
871 : }
872 :
873 : /* Return true if SYMBOL is a SYMBOL_REF and OFFSET + SYMBOL points
874 : to somewhere in the same object or object_block as SYMBOL. */
875 :
876 : bool
877 0 : offset_within_block_p (const_rtx symbol, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
878 : {
879 0 : tree decl;
880 :
881 0 : if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
882 : return false;
883 :
884 0 : if (offset == 0)
885 : return true;
886 :
887 0 : if (offset > 0)
888 : {
889 0 : if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol)
890 0 : && offset < (int) GET_MODE_SIZE (get_pool_mode (symbol)))
891 0 : return true;
892 :
893 0 : decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
894 0 : if (decl && offset < int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
895 : return true;
896 : }
897 :
898 0 : if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol)
899 0 : && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)
900 0 : && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) >= 0
901 0 : && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol)
902 0 : < (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)->size))
903 : return true;
904 :
905 : return false;
906 : }
907 :
908 : /* Split X into a base and a constant offset, storing them in *BASE_OUT
909 : and *OFFSET_OUT respectively. */
910 :
911 : void
912 0 : split_const (rtx x, rtx *base_out, rtx *offset_out)
913 : {
914 0 : if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST)
915 : {
916 0 : x = XEXP (x, 0);
917 0 : if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
918 : {
919 0 : *base_out = XEXP (x, 0);
920 0 : *offset_out = XEXP (x, 1);
921 0 : return;
922 : }
923 : }
924 0 : *base_out = x;
925 0 : *offset_out = const0_rtx;
926 : }
927 :
928 : /* Express integer value X as some value Y plus a polynomial offset,
929 : where Y is either const0_rtx, X or something within X (as opposed
930 : to a new rtx). Return the Y and store the offset in *OFFSET_OUT. */
931 :
932 : rtx
933 414209798 : strip_offset (rtx x, poly_int64 *offset_out)
934 : {
935 414209798 : rtx base = const0_rtx;
936 414209798 : rtx test = x;
937 414209798 : if (GET_CODE (test) == CONST)
938 8894993 : test = XEXP (test, 0);
939 414209798 : if (GET_CODE (test) == PLUS)
940 : {
941 311929148 : base = XEXP (test, 0);
942 311929148 : test = XEXP (test, 1);
943 : }
944 414209798 : if (poly_int_rtx_p (test, offset_out))
945 291959626 : return base;
946 122250172 : *offset_out = 0;
947 122250172 : return x;
948 : }
949 :
950 : /* Return the argument size in REG_ARGS_SIZE note X. */
951 :
952 : poly_int64
953 5295275 : get_args_size (const_rtx x)
954 : {
955 5295275 : gcc_checking_assert (REG_NOTE_KIND (x) == REG_ARGS_SIZE);
956 5295275 : return rtx_to_poly_int64 (XEXP (x, 0));
957 : }
958 :
959 : /* Return the number of places FIND appears within X. If COUNT_DEST is
960 : zero, we do not count occurrences inside the destination of a SET. */
961 :
962 : int
963 8741673 : count_occurrences (const_rtx x, const_rtx find, int count_dest)
964 : {
965 8741673 : int i, j;
966 8741673 : enum rtx_code code;
967 8741673 : const char *format_ptr;
968 8741673 : int count;
969 :
970 8741673 : if (x == find)
971 : return 1;
972 :
973 6367076 : code = GET_CODE (x);
974 :
975 6367076 : switch (code)
976 : {
977 : case REG:
978 : CASE_CONST_ANY:
979 : case SYMBOL_REF:
980 : case CODE_LABEL:
981 : case PC:
982 : return 0;
983 :
984 0 : case EXPR_LIST:
985 0 : count = count_occurrences (XEXP (x, 0), find, count_dest);
986 0 : if (XEXP (x, 1))
987 0 : count += count_occurrences (XEXP (x, 1), find, count_dest);
988 : return count;
989 :
990 73855 : case MEM:
991 73855 : if (MEM_P (find) && rtx_equal_p (x, find))
992 : return 1;
993 : break;
994 :
995 0 : case SET:
996 0 : if (SET_DEST (x) == find && ! count_dest)
997 0 : return count_occurrences (SET_SRC (x), find, count_dest);
998 : break;
999 :
1000 : default:
1001 : break;
1002 : }
1003 :
1004 3228157 : format_ptr = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
1005 3228157 : count = 0;
1006 :
1007 9556354 : for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++)
1008 : {
1009 6328197 : switch (*format_ptr++)
1010 : {
1011 6167169 : case 'e':
1012 6167169 : count += count_occurrences (XEXP (x, i), find, count_dest);
1013 6167169 : break;
1014 :
1015 : case 'E':
1016 136808 : for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
1017 113372 : count += count_occurrences (XVECEXP (x, i, j), find, count_dest);
1018 : break;
1019 : }
1020 : }
1021 : return count;
1022 : }
1023 :
1024 :
1025 : /* Return TRUE if OP is a register or subreg of a register that
1026 : holds an unsigned quantity. Otherwise, return FALSE. */
1027 :
1028 : bool
1029 0 : unsigned_reg_p (rtx op)
1030 : {
1031 0 : if (REG_P (op)
1032 0 : && REG_EXPR (op)
1033 0 : && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (REG_EXPR (op))))
1034 : return true;
1035 :
1036 0 : if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
1037 0 : && SUBREG_PROMOTED_SIGN (op))
1038 0 : return true;
1039 :
1040 : return false;
1041 : }
1042 :
1043 :
1044 : /* Return true if register REG appears somewhere within IN.
1045 : Also works if REG is not a register; in this case it checks
1046 : for a subexpression of IN that is Lisp "equal" to REG. */
1047 :
1048 : bool
1049 441785197 : reg_mentioned_p (const_rtx reg, const_rtx in)
1050 : {
1051 441785197 : const char *fmt;
1052 441785197 : int i;
1053 441785197 : enum rtx_code code;
1054 :
1055 441785197 : if (in == 0)
1056 : return false;
1057 :
1058 436580346 : if (reg == in)
1059 : return true;
1060 :
1061 424310054 : if (GET_CODE (in) == LABEL_REF)
1062 6307366 : return reg == label_ref_label (in);
1063 :
1064 418002688 : code = GET_CODE (in);
1065 :
1066 418002688 : switch (code)
1067 : {
1068 : /* Compare registers by number. */
1069 154434737 : case REG:
1070 154434737 : return REG_P (reg) && REGNO (in) == REGNO (reg);
1071 :
1072 : /* These codes have no constituent expressions
1073 : and are unique. */
1074 : case SCRATCH:
1075 : case PC:
1076 : return false;
1077 :
1078 : CASE_CONST_ANY:
1079 : /* These are kept unique for a given value. */
1080 : return false;
1081 :
1082 158614825 : default:
1083 158614825 : break;
1084 : }
1085 :
1086 158614825 : if (GET_CODE (reg) == code && rtx_equal_p (reg, in))
1087 : return true;
1088 :
1089 158448812 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
1090 :
1091 421938987 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1092 : {
1093 302564230 : if (fmt[i] == 'E')
1094 : {
1095 3234209 : int j;
1096 11389176 : for (j = XVECLEN (in, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
1097 8385372 : if (reg_mentioned_p (reg, XVECEXP (in, i, j)))
1098 : return true;
1099 : }
1100 299330021 : else if (fmt[i] == 'e'
1101 299330021 : && reg_mentioned_p (reg, XEXP (in, i)))
1102 : return true;
1103 : }
1104 : return false;
1105 : }
1106 :
1107 : /* Return true if in between BEG and END, exclusive of BEG and END, there is
1108 : no CODE_LABEL insn. */
1109 :
1110 : bool
1111 0 : no_labels_between_p (const rtx_insn *beg, const rtx_insn *end)
1112 : {
1113 0 : rtx_insn *p;
1114 0 : if (beg == end)
1115 : return false;
1116 0 : for (p = NEXT_INSN (beg); p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
1117 0 : if (LABEL_P (p))
1118 : return false;
1119 : return true;
1120 : }
1121 :
1122 : /* Return true if register REG is used in an insn between
1123 : FROM_INSN and TO_INSN (exclusive of those two). */
1124 :
1125 : bool
1126 23997880 : reg_used_between_p (const_rtx reg, const rtx_insn *from_insn,
1127 : const rtx_insn *to_insn)
1128 : {
1129 23997880 : rtx_insn *insn;
1130 :
1131 23997880 : if (from_insn == to_insn)
1132 : return false;
1133 :
1134 173246368 : for (insn = NEXT_INSN (from_insn); insn != to_insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1135 125642688 : if (NONDEBUG_INSN_P (insn)
1136 125642688 : && (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (insn))
1137 69599349 : || (CALL_P (insn) && find_reg_fusage (insn, USE, reg))))
1138 392080 : return true;
1139 : return false;
1140 : }
1141 :
1142 : /* Return true if the old value of X, a register, is referenced in BODY. If X
1143 : is entirely replaced by a new value and the only use is as a SET_DEST,
1144 : we do not consider it a reference. */
1145 :
1146 : bool
1147 131790708 : reg_referenced_p (const_rtx x, const_rtx body)
1148 : {
1149 131790708 : int i;
1150 :
1151 131790708 : switch (GET_CODE (body))
1152 : {
1153 97895101 : case SET:
1154 97895101 : if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, SET_SRC (body)))
1155 : return true;
1156 :
1157 : /* If the destination is anything other than PC, a REG or a SUBREG
1158 : of a REG that occupies all of the REG, the insn references X if
1159 : it is mentioned in the destination. */
1160 62444380 : if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) != PC
1161 62444380 : && !REG_P (SET_DEST (body))
1162 2762401 : && ! (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == SUBREG
1163 516862 : && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (body)))
1164 516862 : && !read_modify_subreg_p (SET_DEST (body)))
1165 64353256 : && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, SET_DEST (body)))
1166 : return true;
1167 : return false;
1168 :
1169 6957 : case ASM_OPERANDS:
1170 16214 : for (i = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (body) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1171 14869 : if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (body, i)))
1172 : return true;
1173 : return false;
1174 :
1175 399405 : case CALL:
1176 399405 : case USE:
1177 399405 : case IF_THEN_ELSE:
1178 399405 : return reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, body);
1179 :
1180 0 : case TRAP_IF:
1181 0 : return reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, TRAP_CONDITION (body));
1182 :
1183 2086 : case PREFETCH:
1184 2086 : return reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, XEXP (body, 0));
1185 :
1186 28535 : case UNSPEC:
1187 28535 : case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1188 57044 : for (i = XVECLEN (body, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1189 31160 : if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1190 : return true;
1191 : return false;
1192 :
1193 17161521 : case PARALLEL:
1194 49224911 : for (i = XVECLEN (body, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1195 35311459 : if (reg_referenced_p (x, XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1196 : return true;
1197 : return false;
1198 :
1199 16291122 : case CLOBBER:
1200 16291122 : if (MEM_P (XEXP (body, 0)))
1201 11909 : if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, XEXP (XEXP (body, 0), 0)))
1202 : return true;
1203 : return false;
1204 :
1205 0 : case COND_EXEC:
1206 0 : if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, COND_EXEC_TEST (body)))
1207 : return true;
1208 0 : return reg_referenced_p (x, COND_EXEC_CODE (body));
1209 :
1210 : default:
1211 : return false;
1212 : }
1213 : }
1214 :
1215 : /* Return true if register REG is set or clobbered in an insn between
1216 : FROM_INSN and TO_INSN (exclusive of those two). */
1217 :
1218 : bool
1219 65254362 : reg_set_between_p (const_rtx reg, const rtx_insn *from_insn,
1220 : const rtx_insn *to_insn)
1221 : {
1222 65254362 : const rtx_insn *insn;
1223 :
1224 65254362 : if (from_insn == to_insn)
1225 : return false;
1226 :
1227 320782342 : for (insn = NEXT_INSN (from_insn); insn != to_insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1228 193785949 : if (INSN_P (insn) && reg_set_p (reg, insn))
1229 : return true;
1230 : return false;
1231 : }
1232 :
1233 : /* Return true if REG is set or clobbered inside INSN. */
1234 :
1235 : bool
1236 1163650128 : reg_set_p (const_rtx reg, const_rtx insn)
1237 : {
1238 : /* After delay slot handling, call and branch insns might be in a
1239 : sequence. Check all the elements there. */
1240 1163650128 : if (INSN_P (insn) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1241 : {
1242 0 : for (int i = 0; i < XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0); ++i)
1243 0 : if (reg_set_p (reg, XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)))
1244 : return true;
1245 :
1246 : return false;
1247 : }
1248 :
1249 : /* We can be passed an insn or part of one. If we are passed an insn,
1250 : check if a side-effect of the insn clobbers REG. */
1251 1163650128 : if (INSN_P (insn)
1252 1163650128 : && (FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (insn, reg)
1253 : || (CALL_P (insn)
1254 66400408 : && ((REG_P (reg)
1255 66400408 : && REGNO (reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1256 62125372 : && (insn_callee_abi (as_a<const rtx_insn *> (insn))
1257 62125372 : .clobbers_reg_p (GET_MODE (reg), REGNO (reg))))
1258 65389579 : || MEM_P (reg)
1259 65389579 : || find_reg_fusage (insn, CLOBBER, reg)))))
1260 1010829 : return true;
1261 :
1262 : /* There are no REG_INC notes for SP autoinc. */
1263 1162639299 : if (reg == stack_pointer_rtx && INSN_P (insn))
1264 : {
1265 5868145 : subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array;
1266 46906309 : FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter, array, PATTERN (insn), NONCONST)
1267 : {
1268 41729453 : rtx mem = *iter;
1269 41729453 : if (mem
1270 41729453 : && MEM_P (mem)
1271 4616670 : && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (mem, 0))) == RTX_AUTOINC)
1272 : {
1273 691289 : if (XEXP (XEXP (mem, 0), 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1274 691289 : return true;
1275 0 : iter.skip_subrtxes ();
1276 : }
1277 : }
1278 5868145 : }
1279 :
1280 1161948010 : return set_of (reg, insn) != NULL_RTX;
1281 : }
1282 :
1283 : /* Similar to reg_set_between_p, but check all registers in X. Return false
1284 : only if none of them are modified between START and END. Return true if
1285 : X contains a MEM; this routine does use memory aliasing. */
1286 :
1287 : bool
1288 160665271 : modified_between_p (const_rtx x, const rtx_insn *start, const rtx_insn *end)
1289 : {
1290 160665271 : const enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
1291 160665271 : const char *fmt;
1292 160665271 : int i, j;
1293 160665271 : rtx_insn *insn;
1294 :
1295 160665271 : if (start == end)
1296 : return false;
1297 :
1298 160665271 : switch (code)
1299 : {
1300 : CASE_CONST_ANY:
1301 : case CONST:
1302 : case SYMBOL_REF:
1303 : case LABEL_REF:
1304 : return false;
1305 :
1306 : case PC:
1307 : return true;
1308 :
1309 10730348 : case MEM:
1310 10730348 : if (modified_between_p (XEXP (x, 0), start, end))
1311 : return true;
1312 10721268 : if (MEM_READONLY_P (x))
1313 : return false;
1314 57629642 : for (insn = NEXT_INSN (start); insn != end; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1315 37188263 : if (memory_modified_in_insn_p (x, insn))
1316 : return true;
1317 : return false;
1318 :
1319 62028755 : case REG:
1320 62028755 : return reg_set_between_p (x, start, end);
1321 :
1322 50541983 : default:
1323 50541983 : break;
1324 : }
1325 :
1326 50541983 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
1327 148392482 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1328 : {
1329 99190492 : if (fmt[i] == 'e' && modified_between_p (XEXP (x, i), start, end))
1330 : return true;
1331 :
1332 97851195 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
1333 3910285 : for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
1334 2833605 : if (modified_between_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), start, end))
1335 : return true;
1336 : }
1337 :
1338 : return false;
1339 : }
1340 :
1341 : /* Similar to reg_set_p, but check all registers in X. Return false only if
1342 : none of them are modified in INSN. Return true if X contains a MEM; this
1343 : routine does use memory aliasing. */
1344 :
1345 : bool
1346 1068810212 : modified_in_p (const_rtx x, const_rtx insn)
1347 : {
1348 1068810212 : const enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
1349 1068810212 : const char *fmt;
1350 1068810212 : int i, j;
1351 :
1352 1068810212 : switch (code)
1353 : {
1354 : CASE_CONST_ANY:
1355 : case CONST:
1356 : case SYMBOL_REF:
1357 : case LABEL_REF:
1358 : return false;
1359 :
1360 : case PC:
1361 : return true;
1362 :
1363 7974922 : case MEM:
1364 7974922 : if (modified_in_p (XEXP (x, 0), insn))
1365 : return true;
1366 7931558 : if (MEM_READONLY_P (x))
1367 : return false;
1368 7718435 : if (memory_modified_in_insn_p (x, insn))
1369 : return true;
1370 : return false;
1371 :
1372 933618870 : case REG:
1373 933618870 : return reg_set_p (x, insn);
1374 :
1375 71488945 : default:
1376 71488945 : break;
1377 : }
1378 :
1379 71488945 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
1380 206006813 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1381 : {
1382 140456047 : if (fmt[i] == 'e' && modified_in_p (XEXP (x, i), insn))
1383 : return true;
1384 :
1385 134526434 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
1386 1310074 : for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
1387 675162 : if (modified_in_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn))
1388 : return true;
1389 : }
1390 :
1391 : return false;
1392 : }
1393 :
1394 : /* Return true if X is a SUBREG and if storing a value to X would
1395 : preserve some of its SUBREG_REG. For example, on a normal 32-bit
1396 : target, using a SUBREG to store to one half of a DImode REG would
1397 : preserve the other half. */
1398 :
1399 : bool
1400 143224310 : read_modify_subreg_p (const_rtx x)
1401 : {
1402 143224310 : if (GET_CODE (x) != SUBREG)
1403 : return false;
1404 48623008 : poly_uint64 isize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)));
1405 48623008 : poly_uint64 osize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
1406 24311504 : poly_uint64 regsize = REGMODE_NATURAL_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)));
1407 : /* The inner and outer modes of a subreg must be ordered, so that we
1408 : can tell whether they're paradoxical or partial. */
1409 24311504 : gcc_checking_assert (ordered_p (isize, osize));
1410 24311504 : return (maybe_gt (isize, osize) && maybe_gt (isize, regsize));
1411 : }
1412 :
1413 : /* Helper function for set_of. */
1414 : struct set_of_data
1415 : {
1416 : const_rtx found;
1417 : const_rtx pat;
1418 : };
1419 :
1420 : static void
1421 1232411358 : set_of_1 (rtx x, const_rtx pat, void *data1)
1422 : {
1423 1232411358 : struct set_of_data *const data = (struct set_of_data *) (data1);
1424 1232411358 : if (rtx_equal_p (x, data->pat)
1425 1232411358 : || (!MEM_P (x) && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (data->pat, x)))
1426 70636634 : data->found = pat;
1427 1232411358 : }
1428 :
1429 : /* Give an INSN, return a SET or CLOBBER expression that does modify PAT
1430 : (either directly or via STRICT_LOW_PART and similar modifiers). */
1431 : const_rtx
1432 1212691058 : set_of (const_rtx pat, const_rtx insn)
1433 : {
1434 1212691058 : struct set_of_data data;
1435 1212691058 : data.found = NULL_RTX;
1436 1212691058 : data.pat = pat;
1437 1212691058 : note_pattern_stores (INSN_P (insn) ? PATTERN (insn) : insn, set_of_1, &data);
1438 1212691058 : return data.found;
1439 : }
1440 :
1441 : /* Check whether instruction pattern PAT contains a SET with the following
1442 : properties:
1443 :
1444 : - the SET is executed unconditionally; and
1445 : - either:
1446 : - the destination of the SET is a REG that contains REGNO; or
1447 : - both:
1448 : - the destination of the SET is a SUBREG of such a REG; and
1449 : - writing to the subreg clobbers all of the SUBREG_REG
1450 : (in other words, read_modify_subreg_p is false).
1451 :
1452 : If PAT does have a SET like that, return the set, otherwise return null.
1453 :
1454 : This is intended to be an alternative to single_set for passes that
1455 : can handle patterns with multiple_sets. */
1456 : rtx
1457 132696617 : simple_regno_set (rtx pat, unsigned int regno)
1458 : {
1459 132696617 : if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
1460 : {
1461 22316531 : int last = XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1;
1462 22316645 : for (int i = 0; i < last; ++i)
1463 22316531 : if (rtx set = simple_regno_set (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i), regno))
1464 : return set;
1465 :
1466 114 : pat = XVECEXP (pat, 0, last);
1467 : }
1468 :
1469 110380200 : if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET
1470 110380200 : && covers_regno_no_parallel_p (SET_DEST (pat), regno))
1471 : return pat;
1472 :
1473 : return nullptr;
1474 : }
1475 :
1476 : /* Add all hard register in X to *PSET. */
1477 : void
1478 3883846 : find_all_hard_regs (const_rtx x, HARD_REG_SET *pset)
1479 : {
1480 3883846 : subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
1481 10539078 : FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, NONCONST)
1482 : {
1483 6655232 : const_rtx x = *iter;
1484 6655232 : if (REG_P (x) && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1485 3292098 : add_to_hard_reg_set (pset, GET_MODE (x), REGNO (x));
1486 : }
1487 3883846 : }
1488 :
1489 : /* This function, called through note_stores, collects sets and
1490 : clobbers of hard registers in a HARD_REG_SET, which is pointed to
1491 : by DATA. */
1492 : void
1493 22396120 : record_hard_reg_sets (rtx x, const_rtx pat ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data)
1494 : {
1495 22396120 : HARD_REG_SET *pset = (HARD_REG_SET *)data;
1496 22396120 : if (REG_P (x) && HARD_REGISTER_P (x))
1497 14836248 : add_to_hard_reg_set (pset, GET_MODE (x), REGNO (x));
1498 22396120 : }
1499 :
1500 : /* Examine INSN, and compute the set of hard registers written by it.
1501 : Store it in *PSET. Should only be called after reload.
1502 :
1503 : IMPLICIT is true if we should include registers that are fully-clobbered
1504 : by calls. This should be used with caution, since it doesn't include
1505 : partially-clobbered registers. */
1506 : void
1507 17254543 : find_all_hard_reg_sets (const rtx_insn *insn, HARD_REG_SET *pset, bool implicit)
1508 : {
1509 17254543 : rtx link;
1510 :
1511 17254543 : CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (*pset);
1512 17254543 : note_stores (insn, record_hard_reg_sets, pset);
1513 17254543 : if (CALL_P (insn) && implicit)
1514 0 : *pset |= insn_callee_abi (insn).full_reg_clobbers ();
1515 33733146 : for (link = REG_NOTES (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
1516 16478603 : if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC)
1517 0 : record_hard_reg_sets (XEXP (link, 0), NULL, pset);
1518 17254543 : }
1519 :
1520 : /* Like record_hard_reg_sets, but called through note_uses. */
1521 : void
1522 3883846 : record_hard_reg_uses (rtx *px, void *data)
1523 : {
1524 3883846 : find_all_hard_regs (*px, (HARD_REG_SET *) data);
1525 3883846 : }
1526 :
1527 : /* Given an INSN, return a SET expression if this insn has only a single SET.
1528 : It may also have CLOBBERs, USEs, or SET whose output
1529 : will not be used, which we ignore. */
1530 :
1531 : rtx
1532 1908740019 : single_set_2 (const rtx_insn *insn, const_rtx pat)
1533 : {
1534 1908740019 : rtx set = NULL;
1535 1908740019 : int set_verified = 1;
1536 1908740019 : int i;
1537 :
1538 1908740019 : if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
1539 : {
1540 2160090355 : for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (pat, 0); i++)
1541 : {
1542 1469556138 : rtx sub = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i);
1543 1469556138 : switch (GET_CODE (sub))
1544 : {
1545 : case USE:
1546 : case CLOBBER:
1547 1433247014 : break;
1548 :
1549 : default:
1550 36309124 : return NULL_RTX;
1551 :
1552 740627877 : case SET:
1553 : /* We can consider insns having multiple sets, where all
1554 : but one are dead as single set insns. In common case
1555 : only single set is present in the pattern so we want
1556 : to avoid checking for REG_UNUSED notes unless necessary.
1557 :
1558 : When we reach set first time, we just expect this is
1559 : the single set we are looking for and only when more
1560 : sets are found in the insn, we check them. */
1561 794347320 : auto unused = [] (const rtx_insn *insn, rtx dest) {
1562 53719443 : if (!df)
1563 : return false;
1564 52888711 : if (df_note)
1565 30889381 : return !!find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, dest);
1566 21999330 : return (REG_P (dest)
1567 20087535 : && !HARD_REGISTER_P (dest)
1568 5740851 : && REGNO (dest) < df->regs_inited
1569 27739523 : && DF_REG_USE_COUNT (REGNO (dest)) == 0);
1570 : };
1571 740627877 : if (!set_verified)
1572 : {
1573 28545638 : if (unused (insn, SET_DEST (set)) && !side_effects_p (set))
1574 : set = NULL;
1575 : else
1576 : set_verified = 1;
1577 : }
1578 740627877 : if (!set)
1579 : set = sub, set_verified = 0;
1580 25173805 : else if (!unused (insn, SET_DEST (sub)) || side_effects_p (sub))
1581 20540199 : return NULL_RTX;
1582 : break;
1583 : }
1584 : }
1585 : }
1586 : return set;
1587 : }
1588 :
1589 : /* Given an INSN, return true if it has more than one SET, else return
1590 : false. */
1591 :
1592 : bool
1593 285125895 : multiple_sets (const_rtx insn)
1594 : {
1595 285125895 : bool found;
1596 285125895 : int i;
1597 :
1598 : /* INSN must be an insn. */
1599 285125895 : if (! INSN_P (insn))
1600 : return false;
1601 :
1602 : /* Only a PARALLEL can have multiple SETs. */
1603 285125895 : if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL)
1604 : {
1605 257979373 : for (i = 0, found = false; i < XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0); i++)
1606 173823477 : if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1607 : {
1608 : /* If we have already found a SET, then return now. */
1609 87772177 : if (found)
1610 : return true;
1611 : else
1612 : found = true;
1613 : }
1614 : }
1615 :
1616 : /* Either zero or one SET. */
1617 : return false;
1618 : }
1619 :
1620 : /* Return true if the destination of SET equals the source
1621 : and there are no side effects. */
1622 :
1623 : bool
1624 1677898139 : set_noop_p (const_rtx set)
1625 : {
1626 1677898139 : rtx src = SET_SRC (set);
1627 1677898139 : rtx dst = SET_DEST (set);
1628 :
1629 1677898139 : if (dst == pc_rtx && src == pc_rtx)
1630 : return true;
1631 :
1632 1677890636 : if (MEM_P (dst) && MEM_P (src))
1633 9011676 : return (rtx_equal_p (dst, src)
1634 4263 : && !side_effects_p (dst)
1635 9015800 : && !side_effects_p (src));
1636 :
1637 1668878960 : if (GET_CODE (dst) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
1638 108878 : return (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (dst, 0), src)
1639 6407 : && !BITS_BIG_ENDIAN && XEXP (dst, 2) == const0_rtx
1640 0 : && !side_effects_p (src)
1641 108878 : && !side_effects_p (XEXP (dst, 0)));
1642 :
1643 1668770082 : if (GET_CODE (dst) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
1644 266457 : dst = XEXP (dst, 0);
1645 :
1646 1668770082 : if (GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (dst) == SUBREG)
1647 : {
1648 831345 : if (maybe_ne (SUBREG_BYTE (src), SUBREG_BYTE (dst)))
1649 : return false;
1650 786202 : src = SUBREG_REG (src);
1651 786202 : dst = SUBREG_REG (dst);
1652 786202 : if (GET_MODE (src) != GET_MODE (dst))
1653 : /* It is hard to tell whether subregs refer to the same bits, so act
1654 : conservatively and return false. */
1655 : return false;
1656 : }
1657 :
1658 : /* It is a NOOP if destination overlaps with selected src vector
1659 : elements. */
1660 1668654516 : if (GET_CODE (src) == VEC_SELECT
1661 7970591 : && REG_P (XEXP (src, 0)) && REG_P (dst)
1662 2741122 : && HARD_REGISTER_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1663 1669231811 : && HARD_REGISTER_P (dst))
1664 : {
1665 577059 : int i;
1666 577059 : rtx par = XEXP (src, 1);
1667 577059 : rtx src0 = XEXP (src, 0);
1668 577059 : poly_int64 c0;
1669 577059 : if (!poly_int_rtx_p (XVECEXP (par, 0, 0), &c0))
1670 : return false;
1671 1154118 : poly_int64 offset = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (src0)) * c0;
1672 :
1673 961830 : for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (par, 0); i++)
1674 : {
1675 627159 : poly_int64 c0i;
1676 627159 : if (!poly_int_rtx_p (XVECEXP (par, 0, i), &c0i)
1677 627159 : || maybe_ne (c0i, c0 + i))
1678 1677263006 : return false;
1679 : }
1680 334671 : return
1681 334671 : REG_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_P (REGNO (dst), GET_MODE (src0), GET_MODE (dst))
1682 334671 : && validate_subreg (GET_MODE (dst), GET_MODE (src0), src0, offset)
1683 778148 : && simplify_subreg_regno (REGNO (src0), GET_MODE (src0),
1684 123069 : offset, GET_MODE (dst)) == (int) REGNO (dst);
1685 : }
1686 :
1687 421576067 : return (REG_P (src) && REG_P (dst)
1688 1899996843 : && REGNO (src) == REGNO (dst));
1689 : }
1690 :
1691 : /* Return true if an insn consists only of SETs, each of which only sets a
1692 : value to itself. */
1693 :
1694 : bool
1695 1144270458 : noop_move_p (const rtx_insn *insn)
1696 : {
1697 1144270458 : rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
1698 :
1699 1144270458 : if (INSN_CODE (insn) == NOOP_MOVE_INSN_CODE)
1700 : return true;
1701 :
1702 : /* Check the code to be executed for COND_EXEC. */
1703 1144263863 : if (GET_CODE (pat) == COND_EXEC)
1704 0 : pat = COND_EXEC_CODE (pat);
1705 :
1706 1144263863 : if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET && set_noop_p (pat))
1707 : return true;
1708 :
1709 1144233129 : if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
1710 : {
1711 : int i;
1712 : /* If nothing but SETs of registers to themselves,
1713 : this insn can also be deleted. */
1714 159344026 : for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (pat, 0); i++)
1715 : {
1716 159343920 : rtx tem = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i);
1717 :
1718 159343920 : if (GET_CODE (tem) == USE || GET_CODE (tem) == CLOBBER)
1719 21413 : continue;
1720 :
1721 159322507 : if (GET_CODE (tem) != SET || ! set_noop_p (tem))
1722 159322401 : return false;
1723 : }
1724 :
1725 : return true;
1726 : }
1727 : return false;
1728 : }
1729 :
1730 :
1731 : /* Return true if register in range [REGNO, ENDREGNO)
1732 : appears either explicitly or implicitly in X
1733 : other than being stored into.
1734 :
1735 : References contained within the substructure at LOC do not count.
1736 : LOC may be zero, meaning don't ignore anything. */
1737 :
1738 : bool
1739 2217175052 : refers_to_regno_p (unsigned int regno, unsigned int endregno, const_rtx x,
1740 : rtx *loc)
1741 : {
1742 2947564488 : int i;
1743 2947564488 : unsigned int x_regno;
1744 2947564488 : RTX_CODE code;
1745 2947564488 : const char *fmt;
1746 :
1747 2947564488 : repeat:
1748 : /* The contents of a REG_NONNEG note is always zero, so we must come here
1749 : upon repeat in case the last REG_NOTE is a REG_NONNEG note. */
1750 2947564488 : if (x == 0)
1751 : return false;
1752 :
1753 2947564488 : code = GET_CODE (x);
1754 :
1755 2947564488 : switch (code)
1756 : {
1757 1604564160 : case REG:
1758 1604564160 : x_regno = REGNO (x);
1759 :
1760 : /* If we modifying the stack, frame, or argument pointer, it will
1761 : clobber a virtual register. In fact, we could be more precise,
1762 : but it isn't worth it. */
1763 1604564160 : if ((x_regno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1764 1604564160 : || (FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
1765 1604564160 : && x_regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
1766 : || x_regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1767 125919897 : && VIRTUAL_REGISTER_NUM_P (regno))
1768 : return true;
1769 :
1770 1604564158 : return endregno > x_regno && regno < END_REGNO (x);
1771 :
1772 33613016 : case SUBREG:
1773 : /* If this is a SUBREG of a hard reg, we can see exactly which
1774 : registers are being modified. Otherwise, handle normally. */
1775 33613016 : if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (x))
1776 33613016 : && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1777 : {
1778 1856 : unsigned int inner_regno = subreg_regno (x);
1779 1856 : unsigned int inner_endregno
1780 : = inner_regno + (inner_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1781 1856 : ? subreg_nregs (x) : 1);
1782 :
1783 1856 : return endregno > inner_regno && regno < inner_endregno;
1784 : }
1785 : break;
1786 :
1787 98853912 : case CLOBBER:
1788 98853912 : case SET:
1789 98853912 : if (&SET_DEST (x) != loc
1790 : /* Note setting a SUBREG counts as referring to the REG it is in for
1791 : a pseudo but not for hard registers since we can
1792 : treat each word individually. */
1793 98853912 : && ((GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG
1794 668402 : && loc != &SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))
1795 668402 : && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)))
1796 668402 : && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1797 668402 : && refers_to_regno_p (regno, endregno,
1798 : SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)), loc))
1799 98832458 : || (!REG_P (SET_DEST (x))
1800 10425305 : && refers_to_regno_p (regno, endregno, SET_DEST (x), loc))))
1801 134162 : return true;
1802 :
1803 98719750 : if (code == CLOBBER || loc == &SET_SRC (x))
1804 : return false;
1805 82310198 : x = SET_SRC (x);
1806 82310198 : goto repeat;
1807 :
1808 : default:
1809 : break;
1810 : }
1811 :
1812 : /* X does not match, so try its subexpressions. */
1813 :
1814 1244144560 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
1815 2426915228 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1816 : {
1817 1838055660 : if (fmt[i] == 'e' && loc != &XEXP (x, i))
1818 : {
1819 1131233609 : if (i == 0)
1820 : {
1821 648079238 : x = XEXP (x, 0);
1822 648079238 : goto repeat;
1823 : }
1824 : else
1825 483154371 : if (refers_to_regno_p (regno, endregno, XEXP (x, i), loc))
1826 : return true;
1827 : }
1828 706822051 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
1829 : {
1830 45205443 : int j;
1831 166286284 : for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
1832 122764112 : if (loc != &XVECEXP (x, i, j)
1833 122764112 : && refers_to_regno_p (regno, endregno, XVECEXP (x, i, j), loc))
1834 : return true;
1835 : }
1836 : }
1837 : return false;
1838 : }
1839 :
1840 : /* Rreturn true if modifying X will affect IN. If X is a register or a SUBREG,
1841 : we check if any register number in X conflicts with the relevant register
1842 : numbers. If X is a constant, return false. If X is a MEM, return true iff
1843 : IN contains a MEM (we don't bother checking for memory addresses that can't
1844 : conflict because we expect this to be a rare case. */
1845 :
1846 : bool
1847 1492449346 : reg_overlap_mentioned_p (const_rtx x, const_rtx in)
1848 : {
1849 1492449346 : unsigned int regno, endregno;
1850 :
1851 : /* If either argument is a constant, then modifying X cannot
1852 : affect IN. Here we look at IN, we can profitably combine
1853 : CONSTANT_P (x) with the switch statement below. */
1854 1492449346 : if (CONSTANT_P (in))
1855 : return false;
1856 :
1857 1463503097 : recurse:
1858 1463507107 : switch (GET_CODE (x))
1859 : {
1860 4010 : case CLOBBER:
1861 4010 : case STRICT_LOW_PART:
1862 4010 : case ZERO_EXTRACT:
1863 4010 : case SIGN_EXTRACT:
1864 : /* Overly conservative. */
1865 4010 : x = XEXP (x, 0);
1866 4010 : goto recurse;
1867 :
1868 1329229 : case SUBREG:
1869 1329229 : regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x));
1870 1329229 : if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1871 0 : regno = subreg_regno (x);
1872 1329229 : endregno = regno + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1873 0 : ? subreg_nregs (x) : 1);
1874 1329229 : goto do_reg;
1875 :
1876 1458343852 : case REG:
1877 1458343852 : regno = REGNO (x);
1878 1458343852 : endregno = END_REGNO (x);
1879 1459673081 : do_reg:
1880 1459673081 : return refers_to_regno_p (regno, endregno, in, (rtx*) 0);
1881 :
1882 1826377 : case MEM:
1883 1826377 : {
1884 1826377 : const char *fmt;
1885 1826377 : int i;
1886 :
1887 1826377 : if (MEM_P (in))
1888 : return true;
1889 :
1890 1687893 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (in));
1891 3598805 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (in)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1892 1958826 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
1893 : {
1894 532703 : if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, XEXP (in, i)))
1895 : return true;
1896 : }
1897 1426123 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
1898 : {
1899 8676 : int j;
1900 38819 : for (j = XVECLEN (in, i) - 1; j >= 0; --j)
1901 31178 : if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, XVECEXP (in, i, j)))
1902 : return true;
1903 : }
1904 :
1905 : return false;
1906 : }
1907 :
1908 1886464 : case SCRATCH:
1909 1886464 : case PC:
1910 1886464 : return reg_mentioned_p (x, in);
1911 :
1912 676 : case PARALLEL:
1913 676 : {
1914 676 : int i;
1915 :
1916 : /* If any register in here refers to it we return true. */
1917 1218 : for (i = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1918 1084 : if (XEXP (XVECEXP (x, 0, i), 0) != 0
1919 1084 : && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (XEXP (XVECEXP (x, 0, i), 0), in))
1920 : return true;
1921 : return false;
1922 : }
1923 :
1924 116499 : default:
1925 116499 : gcc_assert (CONSTANT_P (x));
1926 : return false;
1927 : }
1928 : }
1929 :
1930 : /* Call FUN on each register or MEM that is stored into or clobbered by X.
1931 : (X would be the pattern of an insn). DATA is an arbitrary pointer,
1932 : ignored by note_stores, but passed to FUN.
1933 :
1934 : FUN receives three arguments:
1935 : 1. the REG, MEM or PC being stored in or clobbered,
1936 : 2. the SET or CLOBBER rtx that does the store,
1937 : 3. the pointer DATA provided to note_stores.
1938 :
1939 : If the item being stored in or clobbered is a SUBREG of a hard register,
1940 : the SUBREG will be passed. */
1941 :
1942 : void
1943 7084918165 : note_pattern_stores (const_rtx x,
1944 : void (*fun) (rtx, const_rtx, void *), void *data)
1945 : {
1946 7084918165 : int i;
1947 :
1948 7084918165 : if (GET_CODE (x) == COND_EXEC)
1949 0 : x = COND_EXEC_CODE (x);
1950 :
1951 7084918165 : if (GET_CODE (x) == SET || GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER)
1952 : {
1953 5225770378 : rtx dest = SET_DEST (x);
1954 :
1955 5225770378 : while ((GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
1956 20177730 : && (!REG_P (SUBREG_REG (dest))
1957 20177730 : || REGNO (SUBREG_REG (dest)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
1958 5226730228 : || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
1959 10473337277 : || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
1960 21107322 : dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
1961 :
1962 : /* If we have a PARALLEL, SET_DEST is a list of EXPR_LIST expressions,
1963 : each of whose first operand is a register. */
1964 5225770378 : if (GET_CODE (dest) == PARALLEL)
1965 : {
1966 1466858 : for (i = XVECLEN (dest, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1967 930529 : if (XEXP (XVECEXP (dest, 0, i), 0) != 0)
1968 930529 : (*fun) (XEXP (XVECEXP (dest, 0, i), 0), x, data);
1969 : }
1970 : else
1971 5225234049 : (*fun) (dest, x, data);
1972 : }
1973 :
1974 1859147787 : else if (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL)
1975 2139344866 : for (i = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1976 1440974101 : note_pattern_stores (XVECEXP (x, 0, i), fun, data);
1977 7084918165 : }
1978 :
1979 : /* Same, but for an instruction. If the instruction is a call, include
1980 : any CLOBBERs in its CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE. */
1981 :
1982 : void
1983 3434650222 : note_stores (const rtx_insn *insn,
1984 : void (*fun) (rtx, const_rtx, void *), void *data)
1985 : {
1986 3434650222 : if (CALL_P (insn))
1987 164026570 : for (rtx link = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn);
1988 500888644 : link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
1989 336862074 : if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == CLOBBER)
1990 12056865 : note_pattern_stores (XEXP (link, 0), fun, data);
1991 3434650222 : note_pattern_stores (PATTERN (insn), fun, data);
1992 3434650222 : }
1993 :
1994 : /* Like notes_stores, but call FUN for each expression that is being
1995 : referenced in PBODY, a pointer to the PATTERN of an insn. We only call
1996 : FUN for each expression, not any interior subexpressions. FUN receives a
1997 : pointer to the expression and the DATA passed to this function.
1998 :
1999 : Note that this is not quite the same test as that done in reg_referenced_p
2000 : since that considers something as being referenced if it is being
2001 : partially set, while we do not. */
2002 :
2003 : void
2004 1107685249 : note_uses (rtx *pbody, void (*fun) (rtx *, void *), void *data)
2005 : {
2006 1107685249 : rtx body = *pbody;
2007 1107685249 : int i;
2008 :
2009 1107685249 : switch (GET_CODE (body))
2010 : {
2011 0 : case COND_EXEC:
2012 0 : (*fun) (&COND_EXEC_TEST (body), data);
2013 0 : note_uses (&COND_EXEC_CODE (body), fun, data);
2014 0 : return;
2015 :
2016 86035913 : case PARALLEL:
2017 265942287 : for (i = XVECLEN (body, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2018 179906374 : note_uses (&XVECEXP (body, 0, i), fun, data);
2019 : return;
2020 :
2021 0 : case SEQUENCE:
2022 0 : for (i = XVECLEN (body, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2023 0 : note_uses (&PATTERN (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)), fun, data);
2024 : return;
2025 :
2026 4877119 : case USE:
2027 4877119 : (*fun) (&XEXP (body, 0), data);
2028 4877119 : return;
2029 :
2030 267086 : case ASM_OPERANDS:
2031 374034 : for (i = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (body) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2032 106948 : (*fun) (&ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (body, i), data);
2033 : return;
2034 :
2035 138127 : case TRAP_IF:
2036 138127 : (*fun) (&TRAP_CONDITION (body), data);
2037 138127 : return;
2038 :
2039 10914 : case PREFETCH:
2040 10914 : (*fun) (&XEXP (body, 0), data);
2041 10914 : return;
2042 :
2043 3237881 : case UNSPEC:
2044 3237881 : case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2045 6496515 : for (i = XVECLEN (body, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2046 3258634 : (*fun) (&XVECEXP (body, 0, i), data);
2047 : return;
2048 :
2049 84001859 : case CLOBBER:
2050 84001859 : if (MEM_P (XEXP (body, 0)))
2051 3458523 : (*fun) (&XEXP (XEXP (body, 0), 0), data);
2052 : return;
2053 :
2054 549763749 : case SET:
2055 549763749 : {
2056 549763749 : rtx dest = SET_DEST (body);
2057 :
2058 : /* For sets we replace everything in source plus registers in memory
2059 : expression in store and operands of a ZERO_EXTRACT. */
2060 549763749 : (*fun) (&SET_SRC (body), data);
2061 :
2062 549763749 : if (GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
2063 : {
2064 33047 : (*fun) (&XEXP (dest, 1), data);
2065 33047 : (*fun) (&XEXP (dest, 2), data);
2066 : }
2067 :
2068 551914573 : while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
2069 2150824 : dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
2070 :
2071 549763749 : if (MEM_P (dest))
2072 94841667 : (*fun) (&XEXP (dest, 0), data);
2073 : }
2074 : return;
2075 :
2076 379352601 : default:
2077 : /* All the other possibilities never store. */
2078 379352601 : (*fun) (pbody, data);
2079 379352601 : return;
2080 : }
2081 : }
2082 :
2083 : /* Try to add a description of REG X to this object, stopping once
2084 : the REF_END limit has been reached. FLAGS is a bitmask of
2085 : rtx_obj_reference flags that describe the context. */
2086 :
2087 : void
2088 834533903 : rtx_properties::try_to_add_reg (const_rtx x, unsigned int flags)
2089 : {
2090 834533903 : if (REG_NREGS (x) != 1)
2091 2650079 : flags |= rtx_obj_flags::IS_MULTIREG;
2092 834533903 : machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
2093 834533903 : unsigned int start_regno = REGNO (x);
2094 834533903 : unsigned int end_regno = END_REGNO (x);
2095 1671717885 : for (unsigned int regno = start_regno; regno < end_regno; ++regno)
2096 837183982 : if (ref_iter != ref_end)
2097 837029314 : *ref_iter++ = rtx_obj_reference (regno, flags, mode,
2098 837029314 : regno - start_regno);
2099 834533903 : }
2100 :
2101 : /* Add a description of destination X to this object. FLAGS is a bitmask
2102 : of rtx_obj_reference flags that describe the context.
2103 :
2104 : This routine accepts all rtxes that can legitimately appear in a
2105 : SET_DEST. */
2106 :
2107 : void
2108 429165267 : rtx_properties::try_to_add_dest (const_rtx x, unsigned int flags)
2109 : {
2110 : /* If we have a PARALLEL, SET_DEST is a list of EXPR_LIST expressions,
2111 : each of whose first operand is a register. */
2112 429165267 : if (UNLIKELY (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL))
2113 : {
2114 132356 : for (int i = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2115 83507 : if (rtx dest = XEXP (XVECEXP (x, 0, i), 0))
2116 83507 : try_to_add_dest (dest, flags);
2117 : return;
2118 : }
2119 :
2120 429116418 : unsigned int base_flags = flags & rtx_obj_flags::STICKY_FLAGS;
2121 429116418 : flags |= rtx_obj_flags::IS_WRITE;
2122 430749630 : for (;;)
2123 430749630 : if (GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
2124 : {
2125 20559 : try_to_add_src (XEXP (x, 1), base_flags);
2126 20559 : try_to_add_src (XEXP (x, 2), base_flags);
2127 20559 : flags |= rtx_obj_flags::IS_READ;
2128 20559 : x = XEXP (x, 0);
2129 : }
2130 430729071 : else if (GET_CODE (x) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
2131 : {
2132 56489 : flags |= rtx_obj_flags::IS_READ;
2133 56489 : x = XEXP (x, 0);
2134 : }
2135 430672582 : else if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
2136 : {
2137 1556164 : flags |= rtx_obj_flags::IN_SUBREG;
2138 1556164 : if (read_modify_subreg_p (x))
2139 900175 : flags |= rtx_obj_flags::IS_READ;
2140 1556164 : x = SUBREG_REG (x);
2141 : }
2142 : else
2143 : break;
2144 :
2145 429116418 : if (MEM_P (x))
2146 : {
2147 59808202 : if (ref_iter != ref_end)
2148 59797546 : *ref_iter++ = rtx_obj_reference (MEM_REGNO, flags, GET_MODE (x));
2149 :
2150 59808202 : unsigned int addr_flags = base_flags | rtx_obj_flags::IN_MEM_STORE;
2151 59808202 : if (flags & rtx_obj_flags::IS_READ)
2152 3870 : addr_flags |= rtx_obj_flags::IN_MEM_LOAD;
2153 59808202 : try_to_add_src (XEXP (x, 0), addr_flags);
2154 59808202 : return;
2155 : }
2156 :
2157 369308216 : if (LIKELY (REG_P (x)))
2158 : {
2159 326499646 : if (REGNO (x) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2160 : {
2161 : /* Stack accesses are dependent on previous allocations and
2162 : anti-dependent on later deallocations, so both types of
2163 : stack operation are akin to a memory write. */
2164 23527088 : if (ref_iter != ref_end)
2165 23527088 : *ref_iter++ = rtx_obj_reference (MEM_REGNO, flags, BLKmode);
2166 :
2167 : /* We want to keep sp alive everywhere - by making all
2168 : writes to sp also use sp. */
2169 23527088 : flags |= rtx_obj_flags::IS_READ;
2170 : }
2171 326499646 : try_to_add_reg (x, flags);
2172 326499646 : return;
2173 : }
2174 : }
2175 :
2176 : /* Try to add a description of source X to this object, stopping once
2177 : the REF_END limit has been reached. FLAGS is a bitmask of
2178 : rtx_obj_reference flags that describe the context.
2179 :
2180 : This routine accepts all rtxes that can legitimately appear in a SET_SRC. */
2181 :
2182 : void
2183 926596682 : rtx_properties::try_to_add_src (const_rtx x, unsigned int flags)
2184 : {
2185 926596682 : unsigned int base_flags = flags & rtx_obj_flags::STICKY_FLAGS;
2186 926596682 : subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
2187 2934313638 : FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, NONCONST)
2188 : {
2189 2007716956 : const_rtx x = *iter;
2190 2007716956 : rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
2191 2007716956 : if (code == REG)
2192 508034257 : try_to_add_reg (x, flags | rtx_obj_flags::IS_READ);
2193 : else if (code == MEM)
2194 : {
2195 108313507 : if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
2196 3183440 : has_volatile_refs = true;
2197 :
2198 108313507 : if (!MEM_READONLY_P (x) && ref_iter != ref_end)
2199 : {
2200 103435748 : auto mem_flags = flags | rtx_obj_flags::IS_READ;
2201 103435748 : *ref_iter++ = rtx_obj_reference (MEM_REGNO, mem_flags,
2202 103435748 : GET_MODE (x));
2203 : }
2204 :
2205 108313507 : try_to_add_src (XEXP (x, 0),
2206 : base_flags | rtx_obj_flags::IN_MEM_LOAD);
2207 108313507 : iter.skip_subrtxes ();
2208 : }
2209 : else if (code == SUBREG)
2210 : {
2211 8267982 : try_to_add_src (SUBREG_REG (x), flags | rtx_obj_flags::IN_SUBREG);
2212 8267982 : iter.skip_subrtxes ();
2213 : }
2214 : else if (code == UNSPEC_VOLATILE)
2215 2646009 : has_volatile_refs = true;
2216 : else if (code == ASM_INPUT || code == ASM_OPERANDS)
2217 : {
2218 1082451 : has_asm = true;
2219 1082451 : if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
2220 346684 : has_volatile_refs = true;
2221 : }
2222 : else if (code == PRE_INC
2223 : || code == PRE_DEC
2224 : || code == POST_INC
2225 : || code == POST_DEC
2226 : || code == PRE_MODIFY
2227 : || code == POST_MODIFY)
2228 : {
2229 12232512 : has_pre_post_modify = true;
2230 :
2231 12232512 : unsigned int addr_flags = (flags
2232 : | rtx_obj_flags::IS_PRE_POST_MODIFY
2233 : | rtx_obj_flags::IS_READ);
2234 12232512 : try_to_add_dest (XEXP (x, 0), addr_flags);
2235 12232512 : if (code == PRE_MODIFY || code == POST_MODIFY)
2236 357421 : iter.substitute (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1));
2237 : else
2238 11875091 : iter.skip_subrtxes ();
2239 : }
2240 : else if (code == CALL)
2241 26736198 : has_call = true;
2242 : }
2243 926596682 : }
2244 :
2245 : /* Try to add a description of instruction pattern PAT to this object,
2246 : stopping once the REF_END limit has been reached. */
2247 :
2248 : void
2249 727500702 : rtx_properties::try_to_add_pattern (const_rtx pat)
2250 : {
2251 779968130 : switch (GET_CODE (pat))
2252 : {
2253 0 : case COND_EXEC:
2254 0 : try_to_add_src (COND_EXEC_TEST (pat));
2255 0 : try_to_add_pattern (COND_EXEC_CODE (pat));
2256 0 : break;
2257 :
2258 52467428 : case PARALLEL:
2259 52467428 : {
2260 52467428 : int last = XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1;
2261 108742544 : for (int i = 0; i < last; ++i)
2262 56275116 : try_to_add_pattern (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i));
2263 52467428 : try_to_add_pattern (XVECEXP (pat, 0, last));
2264 52467428 : break;
2265 : }
2266 :
2267 228718 : case ASM_OPERANDS:
2268 299078 : for (int i = 0, len = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (pat); i < len; ++i)
2269 70360 : try_to_add_src (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (pat, i));
2270 : break;
2271 :
2272 52452280 : case CLOBBER:
2273 52452280 : try_to_add_dest (XEXP (pat, 0), rtx_obj_flags::IS_CLOBBER);
2274 52452280 : break;
2275 :
2276 361648772 : case SET:
2277 361648772 : try_to_add_dest (SET_DEST (pat));
2278 361648772 : try_to_add_src (SET_SRC (pat));
2279 361648772 : break;
2280 :
2281 313170932 : default:
2282 : /* All the other possibilities never store and can use a normal
2283 : rtx walk. This includes:
2284 :
2285 : - USE
2286 : - TRAP_IF
2287 : - PREFETCH
2288 : - UNSPEC
2289 : - UNSPEC_VOLATILE. */
2290 313170932 : try_to_add_src (pat);
2291 313170932 : break;
2292 : }
2293 727500702 : }
2294 :
2295 : /* Try to add a description of INSN to this object, stopping once
2296 : the REF_END limit has been reached. INCLUDE_NOTES is true if the
2297 : description should include REG_EQUAL and REG_EQUIV notes; all such
2298 : references will then be marked with rtx_obj_flags::IN_NOTE.
2299 :
2300 : For calls, this description includes all accesses in
2301 : CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE. It also include all implicit accesses
2302 : to global registers by the target function. However, it does not
2303 : include clobbers performed by the target function; callers that want
2304 : this information should instead use the function_abi interface. */
2305 :
2306 : void
2307 653956391 : rtx_properties::try_to_add_insn (const rtx_insn *insn, bool include_notes)
2308 : {
2309 653956391 : if (CALL_P (insn))
2310 : {
2311 : /* Non-const functions can read from global registers. Impure
2312 : functions can also set them.
2313 :
2314 : Adding the global registers first removes a situation in which
2315 : a fixed-form clobber of register R could come before a real set
2316 : of register R. */
2317 26719433 : if (!hard_reg_set_empty_p (global_reg_set)
2318 26719433 : && !RTL_CONST_CALL_P (insn))
2319 : {
2320 514 : unsigned int flags = rtx_obj_flags::IS_READ;
2321 514 : if (!RTL_PURE_CALL_P (insn))
2322 470 : flags |= rtx_obj_flags::IS_WRITE;
2323 47802 : for (unsigned int regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; ++regno)
2324 : /* As a special case, the stack pointer is invariant across calls
2325 : even if it has been marked global; see the corresponding
2326 : handling in df_get_call_refs. */
2327 47288 : if (regno != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2328 46774 : && global_regs[regno]
2329 436 : && ref_iter != ref_end)
2330 436 : *ref_iter++ = rtx_obj_reference (regno, flags,
2331 436 : reg_raw_mode[regno], 0);
2332 : }
2333 : /* Untyped calls implicitly set all function value registers.
2334 : Again, we add them first in case the main pattern contains
2335 : a fixed-form clobber. */
2336 26719433 : if (find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNTYPED_CALL, NULL_RTX))
2337 209994 : for (unsigned int regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; ++regno)
2338 207736 : if (targetm.calls.function_value_regno_p (regno)
2339 207736 : && ref_iter != ref_end)
2340 18064 : *ref_iter++ = rtx_obj_reference (regno, rtx_obj_flags::IS_WRITE,
2341 18064 : reg_raw_mode[regno], 0);
2342 26719433 : if (ref_iter != ref_end && !RTL_CONST_CALL_P (insn))
2343 : {
2344 25827369 : auto mem_flags = rtx_obj_flags::IS_READ;
2345 25827369 : if (!RTL_PURE_CALL_P (insn))
2346 24166001 : mem_flags |= rtx_obj_flags::IS_WRITE;
2347 25827369 : *ref_iter++ = rtx_obj_reference (MEM_REGNO, mem_flags, BLKmode);
2348 : }
2349 26719433 : try_to_add_pattern (PATTERN (insn));
2350 82740720 : for (rtx link = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn); link;
2351 56021287 : link = XEXP (link, 1))
2352 : {
2353 56021287 : rtx x = XEXP (link, 0);
2354 56021287 : if (GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER)
2355 2748196 : try_to_add_dest (XEXP (x, 0), rtx_obj_flags::IS_CLOBBER);
2356 53273091 : else if (GET_CODE (x) == USE)
2357 52880829 : try_to_add_src (XEXP (x, 0));
2358 : }
2359 : }
2360 : else
2361 627236958 : try_to_add_pattern (PATTERN (insn));
2362 :
2363 653956391 : if (include_notes)
2364 991908359 : for (rtx note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2365 337952392 : if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_EQUAL
2366 337952392 : || REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_EQUIV)
2367 22394980 : try_to_add_note (XEXP (note, 0));
2368 653956391 : }
2369 :
2370 : /* Grow the storage by a bit while keeping the contents of the first
2371 : START elements. */
2372 :
2373 : void
2374 28520 : vec_rtx_properties_base::grow (ptrdiff_t start)
2375 : {
2376 : /* The same heuristic that vec uses. */
2377 28520 : ptrdiff_t new_elems = (ref_end - ref_begin) * 3 / 2;
2378 28520 : if (ref_begin == m_storage)
2379 : {
2380 24416 : ref_begin = XNEWVEC (rtx_obj_reference, new_elems);
2381 24416 : if (start)
2382 0 : memcpy (ref_begin, m_storage, start * sizeof (rtx_obj_reference));
2383 : }
2384 : else
2385 4104 : ref_begin = reinterpret_cast<rtx_obj_reference *>
2386 4104 : (xrealloc (ref_begin, new_elems * sizeof (rtx_obj_reference)));
2387 28520 : ref_iter = ref_begin + start;
2388 28520 : ref_end = ref_begin + new_elems;
2389 28520 : }
2390 :
2391 : /* Return true if X's old contents don't survive after INSN.
2392 : This will be true if X is a register and X dies in INSN or because
2393 : INSN entirely sets X.
2394 :
2395 : "Entirely set" means set directly and not through a SUBREG, or
2396 : ZERO_EXTRACT, so no trace of the old contents remains.
2397 : Likewise, REG_INC does not count.
2398 :
2399 : REG may be a hard or pseudo reg. Renumbering is not taken into account,
2400 : but for this use that makes no difference, since regs don't overlap
2401 : during their lifetimes. Therefore, this function may be used
2402 : at any time after deaths have been computed.
2403 :
2404 : If REG is a hard reg that occupies multiple machine registers, this
2405 : function will only return true if each of those registers will be replaced
2406 : by INSN. */
2407 :
2408 : bool
2409 116724439 : dead_or_set_p (const rtx_insn *insn, const_rtx x)
2410 : {
2411 116724439 : unsigned int regno, end_regno;
2412 116724439 : unsigned int i;
2413 :
2414 116724439 : gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2415 :
2416 116724439 : regno = REGNO (x);
2417 116724439 : end_regno = END_REGNO (x);
2418 206688436 : for (i = regno; i < end_regno; i++)
2419 116725481 : if (! dead_or_set_regno_p (insn, i))
2420 : return false;
2421 :
2422 : return true;
2423 : }
2424 :
2425 : /* Return TRUE iff DEST is a register or subreg of a register, is a
2426 : complete rather than read-modify-write destination, and contains
2427 : register TEST_REGNO. */
2428 :
2429 : static bool
2430 207448551 : covers_regno_no_parallel_p (const_rtx dest, unsigned int test_regno)
2431 : {
2432 207448551 : unsigned int regno, endregno;
2433 :
2434 207448551 : if (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG && !read_modify_subreg_p (dest))
2435 502776 : dest = SUBREG_REG (dest);
2436 :
2437 207448551 : if (!REG_P (dest))
2438 : return false;
2439 :
2440 198661495 : regno = REGNO (dest);
2441 198661495 : endregno = END_REGNO (dest);
2442 198661495 : return (test_regno >= regno && test_regno < endregno);
2443 : }
2444 :
2445 : /* Like covers_regno_no_parallel_p, but also handles PARALLELs where
2446 : any member matches the covers_regno_no_parallel_p criteria. */
2447 :
2448 : static bool
2449 97068251 : covers_regno_p (const_rtx dest, unsigned int test_regno)
2450 : {
2451 97068251 : if (GET_CODE (dest) == PARALLEL)
2452 : {
2453 : /* Some targets place small structures in registers for return
2454 : values of functions, and those registers are wrapped in
2455 : PARALLELs that we may see as the destination of a SET. */
2456 304 : int i;
2457 :
2458 822 : for (i = XVECLEN (dest, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2459 : {
2460 518 : rtx inner = XEXP (XVECEXP (dest, 0, i), 0);
2461 518 : if (inner != NULL_RTX
2462 518 : && covers_regno_no_parallel_p (inner, test_regno))
2463 : return true;
2464 : }
2465 :
2466 : return false;
2467 : }
2468 : else
2469 97067947 : return covers_regno_no_parallel_p (dest, test_regno);
2470 : }
2471 :
2472 : /* Utility function for dead_or_set_p to check an individual register. */
2473 :
2474 : bool
2475 118929713 : dead_or_set_regno_p (const rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int test_regno)
2476 : {
2477 118929713 : const_rtx pattern;
2478 :
2479 : /* See if there is a death note for something that includes TEST_REGNO. */
2480 118929713 : if (find_regno_note (insn, REG_DEAD, test_regno))
2481 : return true;
2482 :
2483 76898802 : if (CALL_P (insn)
2484 76898802 : && find_regno_fusage (insn, CLOBBER, test_regno))
2485 : return true;
2486 :
2487 76884714 : pattern = PATTERN (insn);
2488 :
2489 : /* If a COND_EXEC is not executed, the value survives. */
2490 76884714 : if (GET_CODE (pattern) == COND_EXEC)
2491 : return false;
2492 :
2493 76884714 : if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SET || GET_CODE (pattern) == CLOBBER)
2494 56344819 : return covers_regno_p (SET_DEST (pattern), test_regno);
2495 20539895 : else if (GET_CODE (pattern) == PARALLEL)
2496 : {
2497 20329692 : int i;
2498 :
2499 47154355 : for (i = XVECLEN (pattern, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2500 : {
2501 40971409 : rtx body = XVECEXP (pattern, 0, i);
2502 :
2503 40971409 : if (GET_CODE (body) == COND_EXEC)
2504 0 : body = COND_EXEC_CODE (body);
2505 :
2506 20586726 : if ((GET_CODE (body) == SET || GET_CODE (body) == CLOBBER)
2507 61310158 : && covers_regno_p (SET_DEST (body), test_regno))
2508 : return true;
2509 : }
2510 : }
2511 :
2512 : return false;
2513 : }
2514 :
2515 : /* Return the reg-note of kind KIND in insn INSN, if there is one.
2516 : If DATUM is nonzero, look for one whose datum is DATUM. */
2517 :
2518 : rtx
2519 8184068333 : find_reg_note (const_rtx insn, enum reg_note kind, const_rtx datum)
2520 : {
2521 8184068333 : rtx link;
2522 :
2523 8184068333 : gcc_checking_assert (insn);
2524 :
2525 : /* Ignore anything that is not an INSN, JUMP_INSN or CALL_INSN. */
2526 8184068333 : if (! INSN_P (insn))
2527 : return 0;
2528 8068466734 : if (datum == 0)
2529 : {
2530 16080627599 : for (link = REG_NOTES (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
2531 9586514763 : if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == kind)
2532 : return link;
2533 : return 0;
2534 : }
2535 :
2536 690025080 : for (link = REG_NOTES (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
2537 394841616 : if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == kind && datum == XEXP (link, 0))
2538 : return link;
2539 : return 0;
2540 : }
2541 :
2542 : /* Return the reg-note of kind KIND in insn INSN which applies to register
2543 : number REGNO, if any. Return 0 if there is no such reg-note. Note that
2544 : the REGNO of this NOTE need not be REGNO if REGNO is a hard register;
2545 : it might be the case that the note overlaps REGNO. */
2546 :
2547 : rtx
2548 392420402 : find_regno_note (const_rtx insn, enum reg_note kind, unsigned int regno)
2549 : {
2550 392420402 : rtx link;
2551 :
2552 : /* Ignore anything that is not an INSN, JUMP_INSN or CALL_INSN. */
2553 392420402 : if (! INSN_P (insn))
2554 : return 0;
2555 :
2556 582150609 : for (link = REG_NOTES (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
2557 366597975 : if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == kind
2558 : /* Verify that it is a register, so that scratch and MEM won't cause a
2559 : problem here. */
2560 257758936 : && REG_P (XEXP (link, 0))
2561 257758936 : && REGNO (XEXP (link, 0)) <= regno
2562 573542113 : && END_REGNO (XEXP (link, 0)) > regno)
2563 : return link;
2564 : return 0;
2565 : }
2566 :
2567 : /* Return a REG_EQUIV or REG_EQUAL note if insn has only a single set and
2568 : has such a note. */
2569 :
2570 : rtx
2571 1757897172 : find_reg_equal_equiv_note (const_rtx insn)
2572 : {
2573 1757897172 : rtx link;
2574 :
2575 1757897172 : if (!INSN_P (insn))
2576 : return 0;
2577 :
2578 3037531416 : for (link = REG_NOTES (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
2579 1378316609 : if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_EQUAL
2580 1378316609 : || REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_EQUIV)
2581 : {
2582 : /* FIXME: We should never have REG_EQUAL/REG_EQUIV notes on
2583 : insns that have multiple sets. Checking single_set to
2584 : make sure of this is not the proper check, as explained
2585 : in the comment in set_unique_reg_note.
2586 :
2587 : This should be changed into an assert. */
2588 92379590 : if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL && multiple_sets (insn))
2589 : return 0;
2590 92379590 : return link;
2591 : }
2592 : return NULL;
2593 : }
2594 :
2595 : /* Check whether INSN is a single_set whose source is known to be
2596 : equivalent to a constant. Return that constant if so, otherwise
2597 : return null. */
2598 :
2599 : rtx
2600 2219836 : find_constant_src (const rtx_insn *insn)
2601 : {
2602 2219836 : rtx note, set, x;
2603 :
2604 2219836 : set = single_set (insn);
2605 2219836 : if (set)
2606 : {
2607 2219836 : x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (SET_SRC (set));
2608 2219836 : if (CONSTANT_P (x))
2609 : return x;
2610 : }
2611 :
2612 1548789 : note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn);
2613 1548789 : if (note && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note, 0)))
2614 610 : return XEXP (note, 0);
2615 :
2616 : return NULL_RTX;
2617 : }
2618 :
2619 : /* Return true if DATUM, or any overlap of DATUM, of kind CODE is found
2620 : in the CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE information of INSN. */
2621 :
2622 : bool
2623 88105068 : find_reg_fusage (const_rtx insn, enum rtx_code code, const_rtx datum)
2624 : {
2625 : /* If it's not a CALL_INSN, it can't possibly have a
2626 : CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE field, so don't bother checking. */
2627 88105068 : if (!CALL_P (insn))
2628 : return false;
2629 :
2630 88105068 : gcc_assert (datum);
2631 :
2632 88105068 : if (!REG_P (datum))
2633 : {
2634 33604 : rtx link;
2635 :
2636 33604 : for (link = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn);
2637 69500 : link;
2638 35896 : link = XEXP (link, 1))
2639 35896 : if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == code
2640 35896 : && rtx_equal_p (datum, XEXP (XEXP (link, 0), 0)))
2641 : return true;
2642 : }
2643 : else
2644 : {
2645 88071464 : unsigned int regno = REGNO (datum);
2646 :
2647 : /* CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE information cannot contain references
2648 : to pseudo registers, so don't bother checking. */
2649 :
2650 88071464 : if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
2651 : {
2652 81120236 : unsigned int end_regno = END_REGNO (datum);
2653 81120236 : unsigned int i;
2654 :
2655 142267710 : for (i = regno; i < end_regno; i++)
2656 81120236 : if (find_regno_fusage (insn, code, i))
2657 : return true;
2658 : }
2659 : }
2660 :
2661 : return false;
2662 : }
2663 :
2664 : /* Return true if REGNO, or any overlap of REGNO, of kind CODE is found
2665 : in the CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE information of INSN. */
2666 :
2667 : bool
2668 81343471 : find_regno_fusage (const_rtx insn, enum rtx_code code, unsigned int regno)
2669 : {
2670 81343471 : rtx link;
2671 :
2672 : /* CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE information cannot contain references
2673 : to pseudo registers, so don't bother checking. */
2674 :
2675 81343471 : if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2676 81288447 : || !CALL_P (insn) )
2677 : return false;
2678 :
2679 241974779 : for (link = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
2680 : {
2681 180674736 : rtx op, reg;
2682 :
2683 180674736 : if (GET_CODE (op = XEXP (link, 0)) == code
2684 51432030 : && REG_P (reg = XEXP (op, 0))
2685 51423409 : && REGNO (reg) <= regno
2686 214835641 : && END_REGNO (reg) > regno)
2687 : return true;
2688 : }
2689 :
2690 : return false;
2691 : }
2692 :
2693 :
2694 : /* Return true if KIND is an integer REG_NOTE. */
2695 :
2696 : static bool
2697 0 : int_reg_note_p (enum reg_note kind)
2698 : {
2699 0 : return kind == REG_BR_PROB;
2700 : }
2701 :
2702 : /* Allocate a register note with kind KIND and datum DATUM. LIST is
2703 : stored as the pointer to the next register note. */
2704 :
2705 : rtx
2706 758175497 : alloc_reg_note (enum reg_note kind, rtx datum, rtx list)
2707 : {
2708 758175497 : rtx note;
2709 :
2710 758175497 : gcc_checking_assert (!int_reg_note_p (kind));
2711 758175497 : switch (kind)
2712 : {
2713 28364 : case REG_LABEL_TARGET:
2714 28364 : case REG_LABEL_OPERAND:
2715 28364 : case REG_TM:
2716 : /* These types of register notes use an INSN_LIST rather than an
2717 : EXPR_LIST, so that copying is done right and dumps look
2718 : better. */
2719 28364 : note = alloc_INSN_LIST (datum, list);
2720 28364 : PUT_REG_NOTE_KIND (note, kind);
2721 28364 : break;
2722 :
2723 758147133 : default:
2724 758147133 : note = alloc_EXPR_LIST (kind, datum, list);
2725 758147133 : break;
2726 : }
2727 :
2728 758175497 : return note;
2729 : }
2730 :
2731 : /* Add register note with kind KIND and datum DATUM to INSN. */
2732 :
2733 : void
2734 751355117 : add_reg_note (rtx insn, enum reg_note kind, rtx datum)
2735 : {
2736 751355117 : REG_NOTES (insn) = alloc_reg_note (kind, datum, REG_NOTES (insn));
2737 751355117 : }
2738 :
2739 : /* Add an integer register note with kind KIND and datum DATUM to INSN. */
2740 :
2741 : void
2742 5269025 : add_int_reg_note (rtx_insn *insn, enum reg_note kind, int datum)
2743 : {
2744 5269025 : gcc_checking_assert (int_reg_note_p (kind));
2745 5269025 : REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_INT_LIST ((machine_mode) kind,
2746 : datum, REG_NOTES (insn));
2747 5269025 : }
2748 :
2749 : /* Add a REG_ARGS_SIZE note to INSN with value VALUE. */
2750 :
2751 : void
2752 5478570 : add_args_size_note (rtx_insn *insn, poly_int64 value)
2753 : {
2754 5478570 : gcc_checking_assert (!find_reg_note (insn, REG_ARGS_SIZE, NULL_RTX));
2755 8969777 : add_reg_note (insn, REG_ARGS_SIZE, gen_int_mode (value, Pmode));
2756 5478570 : }
2757 :
2758 : /* Add a register note like NOTE to INSN. */
2759 :
2760 : void
2761 0 : add_shallow_copy_of_reg_note (rtx_insn *insn, rtx note)
2762 : {
2763 0 : if (GET_CODE (note) == INT_LIST)
2764 0 : add_int_reg_note (insn, REG_NOTE_KIND (note), XINT (note, 0));
2765 : else
2766 0 : add_reg_note (insn, REG_NOTE_KIND (note), XEXP (note, 0));
2767 0 : }
2768 :
2769 : /* Duplicate NOTE and return the copy. */
2770 : rtx
2771 2273035 : duplicate_reg_note (rtx note)
2772 : {
2773 2273035 : reg_note kind = REG_NOTE_KIND (note);
2774 :
2775 2273035 : if (GET_CODE (note) == INT_LIST)
2776 296547 : return gen_rtx_INT_LIST ((machine_mode) kind, XINT (note, 0), NULL_RTX);
2777 1976488 : else if (GET_CODE (note) == EXPR_LIST)
2778 1976488 : return alloc_reg_note (kind, copy_insn_1 (XEXP (note, 0)), NULL_RTX);
2779 : else
2780 0 : return alloc_reg_note (kind, XEXP (note, 0), NULL_RTX);
2781 : }
2782 :
2783 : /* Remove register note NOTE from the REG_NOTES of INSN. */
2784 :
2785 : void
2786 8261995 : remove_note (rtx_insn *insn, const_rtx note)
2787 : {
2788 8261995 : rtx link;
2789 :
2790 8261995 : if (note == NULL_RTX)
2791 : return;
2792 :
2793 7441382 : if (REG_NOTES (insn) == note)
2794 6950637 : REG_NOTES (insn) = XEXP (note, 1);
2795 : else
2796 981955 : for (link = REG_NOTES (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
2797 981955 : if (XEXP (link, 1) == note)
2798 : {
2799 490745 : XEXP (link, 1) = XEXP (note, 1);
2800 490745 : break;
2801 : }
2802 :
2803 7441382 : switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2804 : {
2805 2650295 : case REG_EQUAL:
2806 2650295 : case REG_EQUIV:
2807 2650295 : df_notes_rescan (insn);
2808 2650295 : break;
2809 : default:
2810 : break;
2811 : }
2812 : }
2813 :
2814 : /* Remove REG_EQUAL and/or REG_EQUIV notes if INSN has such notes.
2815 : If NO_RESCAN is false and any notes were removed, call
2816 : df_notes_rescan. Return true if any note has been removed. */
2817 :
2818 : bool
2819 33780 : remove_reg_equal_equiv_notes (rtx_insn *insn, bool no_rescan)
2820 : {
2821 33780 : rtx *loc;
2822 33780 : bool ret = false;
2823 :
2824 33780 : loc = ®_NOTES (insn);
2825 41109 : while (*loc)
2826 : {
2827 7329 : enum reg_note kind = REG_NOTE_KIND (*loc);
2828 7329 : if (kind == REG_EQUAL || kind == REG_EQUIV)
2829 : {
2830 382 : *loc = XEXP (*loc, 1);
2831 382 : ret = true;
2832 : }
2833 : else
2834 6947 : loc = &XEXP (*loc, 1);
2835 : }
2836 33780 : if (ret && !no_rescan)
2837 382 : df_notes_rescan (insn);
2838 33780 : return ret;
2839 : }
2840 :
2841 : /* Remove all REG_EQUAL and REG_EQUIV notes referring to REGNO. */
2842 :
2843 : void
2844 3917459 : remove_reg_equal_equiv_notes_for_regno (unsigned int regno)
2845 : {
2846 3917459 : df_ref eq_use;
2847 :
2848 3917459 : if (!df)
2849 : return;
2850 :
2851 : /* This loop is a little tricky. We cannot just go down the chain because
2852 : it is being modified by some actions in the loop. So we just iterate
2853 : over the head. We plan to drain the list anyway. */
2854 4054359 : while ((eq_use = DF_REG_EQ_USE_CHAIN (regno)) != NULL)
2855 : {
2856 136900 : rtx_insn *insn = DF_REF_INSN (eq_use);
2857 136900 : rtx note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn);
2858 :
2859 : /* This assert is generally triggered when someone deletes a REG_EQUAL
2860 : or REG_EQUIV note by hacking the list manually rather than calling
2861 : remove_note. */
2862 136900 : gcc_assert (note);
2863 :
2864 136900 : remove_note (insn, note);
2865 : }
2866 : }
2867 :
2868 : /* Search LISTP (an EXPR_LIST) for an entry whose first operand is NODE and
2869 : return 1 if it is found. A simple equality test is used to determine if
2870 : NODE matches. */
2871 :
2872 : bool
2873 26 : in_insn_list_p (const rtx_insn_list *listp, const rtx_insn *node)
2874 : {
2875 26 : const_rtx x;
2876 :
2877 26 : for (x = listp; x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
2878 0 : if (node == XEXP (x, 0))
2879 : return true;
2880 :
2881 : return false;
2882 : }
2883 :
2884 : /* Search LISTP (an INSN_LIST) for an entry whose first operand is NODE and
2885 : remove that entry from the list if it is found.
2886 :
2887 : A simple equality test is used to determine if NODE matches. */
2888 :
2889 : void
2890 7662673 : remove_node_from_insn_list (const rtx_insn *node, rtx_insn_list **listp)
2891 : {
2892 7662673 : rtx_insn_list *temp = *listp;
2893 7662673 : rtx_insn_list *prev = NULL;
2894 :
2895 7679134 : while (temp)
2896 : {
2897 16487 : if (node == temp->insn ())
2898 : {
2899 : /* Splice the node out of the list. */
2900 26 : if (prev)
2901 0 : XEXP (prev, 1) = temp->next ();
2902 : else
2903 26 : *listp = temp->next ();
2904 :
2905 26 : gcc_checking_assert (!in_insn_list_p (temp->next (), node));
2906 : return;
2907 : }
2908 :
2909 16461 : prev = temp;
2910 16461 : temp = temp->next ();
2911 : }
2912 : }
2913 :
2914 : /* Return true if X contains any volatile instructions. These are instructions
2915 : which may cause unpredictable machine state instructions, and thus no
2916 : instructions or register uses should be moved or combined across them.
2917 : This includes only volatile asms and UNSPEC_VOLATILE instructions. */
2918 :
2919 : bool
2920 696260085 : volatile_insn_p (const_rtx x)
2921 : {
2922 696260085 : const RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
2923 696260085 : switch (code)
2924 : {
2925 : case LABEL_REF:
2926 : case SYMBOL_REF:
2927 : case CONST:
2928 : CASE_CONST_ANY:
2929 : case PC:
2930 : case REG:
2931 : case SCRATCH:
2932 : case CLOBBER:
2933 : case ADDR_VEC:
2934 : case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
2935 : case CALL:
2936 : case MEM:
2937 : return false;
2938 :
2939 : case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2940 : return true;
2941 :
2942 136775 : case ASM_INPUT:
2943 136775 : case ASM_OPERANDS:
2944 136775 : if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
2945 : return true;
2946 :
2947 324645457 : default:
2948 324645457 : break;
2949 : }
2950 :
2951 : /* Recursively scan the operands of this expression. */
2952 :
2953 324645457 : {
2954 324645457 : const char *const fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
2955 324645457 : int i;
2956 :
2957 889885939 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2958 : {
2959 565540070 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
2960 : {
2961 441188678 : if (volatile_insn_p (XEXP (x, i)))
2962 : return true;
2963 : }
2964 124351392 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
2965 : {
2966 : int j;
2967 70719149 : for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
2968 48681507 : if (volatile_insn_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
2969 : return true;
2970 : }
2971 : }
2972 : }
2973 : return false;
2974 : }
2975 :
2976 : /* Return true if X contains any volatile memory references
2977 : UNSPEC_VOLATILE operations or volatile ASM_OPERANDS expressions. */
2978 :
2979 : bool
2980 5183180262 : volatile_refs_p (const_rtx x)
2981 : {
2982 5183180262 : const RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
2983 5183180262 : switch (code)
2984 : {
2985 : case LABEL_REF:
2986 : case SYMBOL_REF:
2987 : case CONST:
2988 : CASE_CONST_ANY:
2989 : case PC:
2990 : case REG:
2991 : case SCRATCH:
2992 : case CLOBBER:
2993 : case ADDR_VEC:
2994 : case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
2995 : return false;
2996 :
2997 : case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2998 : return true;
2999 :
3000 393235549 : case MEM:
3001 393235549 : case ASM_INPUT:
3002 393235549 : case ASM_OPERANDS:
3003 393235549 : if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
3004 : return true;
3005 :
3006 2206960225 : default:
3007 2206960225 : break;
3008 : }
3009 :
3010 : /* Recursively scan the operands of this expression. */
3011 :
3012 2206960225 : {
3013 2206960225 : const char *const fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3014 2206960225 : int i;
3015 :
3016 6488034414 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3017 : {
3018 4297601105 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
3019 : {
3020 3823092578 : if (volatile_refs_p (XEXP (x, i)))
3021 : return true;
3022 : }
3023 474508527 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3024 : {
3025 : int j;
3026 161633195 : for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
3027 112168880 : if (volatile_refs_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
3028 : return true;
3029 : }
3030 : }
3031 : }
3032 : return false;
3033 : }
3034 :
3035 : /* Similar to above, except that it also rejects register pre- and post-
3036 : incrementing. */
3037 :
3038 : bool
3039 5336172388 : side_effects_p (const_rtx x)
3040 : {
3041 5336172388 : const RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
3042 5336172388 : switch (code)
3043 : {
3044 : case LABEL_REF:
3045 : case SYMBOL_REF:
3046 : case CONST:
3047 : CASE_CONST_ANY:
3048 : case PC:
3049 : case REG:
3050 : case SCRATCH:
3051 : case ADDR_VEC:
3052 : case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
3053 : case VAR_LOCATION:
3054 : return false;
3055 :
3056 62386957 : case CLOBBER:
3057 : /* Reject CLOBBER with a non-VOID mode. These are made by combine.cc
3058 : when some combination can't be done. If we see one, don't think
3059 : that we can simplify the expression. */
3060 62386957 : return (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode);
3061 :
3062 : case PRE_INC:
3063 : case PRE_DEC:
3064 : case POST_INC:
3065 : case POST_DEC:
3066 : case PRE_MODIFY:
3067 : case POST_MODIFY:
3068 : case CALL:
3069 : case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3070 : return true;
3071 :
3072 326962680 : case MEM:
3073 326962680 : case ASM_INPUT:
3074 326962680 : case ASM_OPERANDS:
3075 326962680 : if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
3076 : return true;
3077 :
3078 1891360270 : default:
3079 1891360270 : break;
3080 : }
3081 :
3082 : /* Recursively scan the operands of this expression. */
3083 :
3084 1891360270 : {
3085 1891360270 : const char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3086 1891360270 : int i;
3087 :
3088 5625776490 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3089 : {
3090 3784185171 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
3091 : {
3092 3347990352 : if (side_effects_p (XEXP (x, i)))
3093 : return true;
3094 : }
3095 436194819 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3096 : {
3097 : int j;
3098 235791854 : for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
3099 159234632 : if (side_effects_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
3100 : return true;
3101 : }
3102 : }
3103 : }
3104 : return false;
3105 : }
3106 :
3107 : /* Return true if evaluating rtx X might cause a trap.
3108 : FLAGS controls how to consider MEMs. A true means the context
3109 : of the access may have changed from the original, such that the
3110 : address may have become invalid. */
3111 :
3112 : bool
3113 8989661445 : may_trap_p_1 (const_rtx x, unsigned flags)
3114 : {
3115 8989661445 : int i;
3116 8989661445 : enum rtx_code code;
3117 8989661445 : const char *fmt;
3118 :
3119 : /* We make no distinction currently, but this function is part of
3120 : the internal target-hooks ABI so we keep the parameter as
3121 : "unsigned flags". */
3122 8989661445 : bool code_changed = flags != 0;
3123 :
3124 8989661445 : if (x == 0)
3125 : return false;
3126 8989659559 : code = GET_CODE (x);
3127 8989659559 : switch (code)
3128 : {
3129 : /* Handle these cases quickly. */
3130 : CASE_CONST_ANY:
3131 : case SYMBOL_REF:
3132 : case LABEL_REF:
3133 : case CONST:
3134 : case PC:
3135 : case REG:
3136 : case SCRATCH:
3137 : return false;
3138 :
3139 5835718 : case UNSPEC:
3140 5835718 : return targetm.unspec_may_trap_p (x, flags);
3141 :
3142 : case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3143 : case ASM_INPUT:
3144 : case TRAP_IF:
3145 : return true;
3146 :
3147 188382 : case ASM_OPERANDS:
3148 188382 : return MEM_VOLATILE_P (x);
3149 :
3150 : /* Memory ref can trap unless it's a static var or a stack slot. */
3151 1069722776 : case MEM:
3152 : /* Recognize specific pattern of stack checking probes. */
3153 1069722776 : if (flag_stack_check
3154 7726 : && MEM_VOLATILE_P (x)
3155 1069723576 : && XEXP (x, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
3156 : return true;
3157 1069721977 : if (/* MEM_NOTRAP_P only relates to the actual position of the memory
3158 : reference; moving it out of context such as when moving code
3159 : when optimizing, might cause its address to become invalid. */
3160 : code_changed
3161 1069721977 : || !MEM_NOTRAP_P (x))
3162 : {
3163 526922483 : poly_int64 size = MEM_SIZE_KNOWN_P (x) ? MEM_SIZE (x) : -1;
3164 451625727 : return rtx_addr_can_trap_p_1 (XEXP (x, 0), 0, size,
3165 451625727 : GET_MODE (x), code_changed);
3166 : }
3167 :
3168 : return false;
3169 :
3170 : /* Division by a non-constant might trap. */
3171 998764 : case DIV:
3172 998764 : case MOD:
3173 998764 : case UDIV:
3174 998764 : case UMOD:
3175 998764 : if (HONOR_SNANS (x))
3176 : return true;
3177 998097 : if (FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)))
3178 421005 : return flag_trapping_math;
3179 577092 : if (!CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)) || (XEXP (x, 1) == const0_rtx))
3180 : return true;
3181 80473 : if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_VECTOR)
3182 : {
3183 : /* For CONST_VECTOR, return 1 if any element is or might be zero. */
3184 0 : unsigned int n_elts;
3185 0 : rtx op = XEXP (x, 1);
3186 0 : if (!GET_MODE_NUNITS (GET_MODE (op)).is_constant (&n_elts))
3187 : {
3188 : if (!CONST_VECTOR_DUPLICATE_P (op))
3189 294316191 : return true;
3190 : for (unsigned i = 0; i < (unsigned int) XVECLEN (op, 0); i++)
3191 : if (CONST_VECTOR_ENCODED_ELT (op, i) == const0_rtx)
3192 : return true;
3193 : }
3194 : else
3195 0 : for (unsigned i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
3196 0 : if (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, i) == const0_rtx)
3197 : return true;
3198 : }
3199 : break;
3200 :
3201 : case EXPR_LIST:
3202 : /* An EXPR_LIST is used to represent a function call. This
3203 : certainly may trap. */
3204 : return true;
3205 :
3206 185004388 : case GE:
3207 185004388 : case GT:
3208 185004388 : case LE:
3209 185004388 : case LT:
3210 185004388 : case LTGT:
3211 185004388 : case COMPARE:
3212 : /* Treat min/max similar as comparisons. */
3213 185004388 : case SMIN:
3214 185004388 : case SMAX:
3215 : /* Some floating point comparisons may trap. */
3216 185004388 : if (!flag_trapping_math)
3217 : break;
3218 : /* ??? There is no machine independent way to check for tests that trap
3219 : when COMPARE is used, though many targets do make this distinction.
3220 : For instance, sparc uses CCFPE for compares which generate exceptions
3221 : and CCFP for compares which do not generate exceptions. */
3222 183390280 : if (HONOR_NANS (x))
3223 : return true;
3224 : /* But often the compare has some CC mode, so check operand
3225 : modes as well. */
3226 183363762 : if (HONOR_NANS (XEXP (x, 0))
3227 183363762 : || HONOR_NANS (XEXP (x, 1)))
3228 2188311 : return true;
3229 : break;
3230 :
3231 28053179 : case EQ:
3232 28053179 : case NE:
3233 28053179 : if (HONOR_SNANS (x))
3234 : return true;
3235 : /* Often comparison is CC mode, so check operand modes. */
3236 28053162 : if (HONOR_SNANS (XEXP (x, 0))
3237 28053162 : || HONOR_SNANS (XEXP (x, 1)))
3238 0 : return true;
3239 : break;
3240 :
3241 353837 : case FIX:
3242 353837 : case UNSIGNED_FIX:
3243 : /* Conversion of floating point might trap. */
3244 353837 : if (flag_trapping_math && HONOR_NANS (XEXP (x, 0)))
3245 : return true;
3246 : break;
3247 :
3248 : case PARALLEL:
3249 : case NEG:
3250 : case ABS:
3251 : case SUBREG:
3252 : case VEC_MERGE:
3253 : case VEC_SELECT:
3254 : case VEC_CONCAT:
3255 : case VEC_DUPLICATE:
3256 : /* These operations don't trap even with floating point. */
3257 : break;
3258 :
3259 3059696117 : default:
3260 : /* Any floating arithmetic may trap. */
3261 3059696117 : if (FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)) && flag_trapping_math)
3262 : return true;
3263 : }
3264 :
3265 3684854010 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3266 9919174101 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3267 : {
3268 6484782326 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
3269 : {
3270 6035009021 : if (may_trap_p_1 (XEXP (x, i), flags))
3271 : return true;
3272 : }
3273 449773305 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3274 : {
3275 : int j;
3276 967929712 : for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
3277 667101078 : if (may_trap_p_1 (XVECEXP (x, i, j), flags))
3278 : return true;
3279 : }
3280 : }
3281 : return false;
3282 : }
3283 :
3284 : /* Return true if evaluating rtx X might cause a trap. */
3285 :
3286 : bool
3287 2269625951 : may_trap_p (const_rtx x)
3288 : {
3289 2269625951 : return may_trap_p_1 (x, 0);
3290 : }
3291 :
3292 : /* Same as above, but additionally return true if evaluating rtx X might
3293 : cause a fault. We define a fault for the purpose of this function as a
3294 : erroneous execution condition that cannot be encountered during the normal
3295 : execution of a valid program; the typical example is an unaligned memory
3296 : access on a strict alignment machine. The compiler guarantees that it
3297 : doesn't generate code that will fault from a valid program, but this
3298 : guarantee doesn't mean anything for individual instructions. Consider
3299 : the following example:
3300 :
3301 : struct S { int d; union { char *cp; int *ip; }; };
3302 :
3303 : int foo(struct S *s)
3304 : {
3305 : if (s->d == 1)
3306 : return *s->ip;
3307 : else
3308 : return *s->cp;
3309 : }
3310 :
3311 : on a strict alignment machine. In a valid program, foo will never be
3312 : invoked on a structure for which d is equal to 1 and the underlying
3313 : unique field of the union not aligned on a 4-byte boundary, but the
3314 : expression *s->ip might cause a fault if considered individually.
3315 :
3316 : At the RTL level, potentially problematic expressions will almost always
3317 : verify may_trap_p; for example, the above dereference can be emitted as
3318 : (mem:SI (reg:P)) and this expression is may_trap_p for a generic register.
3319 : However, suppose that foo is inlined in a caller that causes s->cp to
3320 : point to a local character variable and guarantees that s->d is not set
3321 : to 1; foo may have been effectively translated into pseudo-RTL as:
3322 :
3323 : if ((reg:SI) == 1)
3324 : (set (reg:SI) (mem:SI (%fp - 7)))
3325 : else
3326 : (set (reg:QI) (mem:QI (%fp - 7)))
3327 :
3328 : Now (mem:SI (%fp - 7)) is considered as not may_trap_p since it is a
3329 : memory reference to a stack slot, but it will certainly cause a fault
3330 : on a strict alignment machine. */
3331 :
3332 : bool
3333 10562846 : may_trap_or_fault_p (const_rtx x)
3334 : {
3335 10562846 : return may_trap_p_1 (x, 1);
3336 : }
3337 :
3338 : /* Replace any occurrence of FROM in X with TO. The function does
3339 : not enter into CONST_DOUBLE for the replace.
3340 :
3341 : Note that copying is not done so X must not be shared unless all copies
3342 : are to be modified.
3343 :
3344 : ALL_REGS is true if we want to replace all REGs equal to FROM, not just
3345 : those pointer-equal ones. */
3346 :
3347 : rtx
3348 8779030 : replace_rtx (rtx x, rtx from, rtx to, bool all_regs)
3349 : {
3350 8779030 : int i, j;
3351 8779030 : const char *fmt;
3352 :
3353 8779030 : if (x == from)
3354 : return to;
3355 :
3356 : /* Allow this function to make replacements in EXPR_LISTs. */
3357 6375290 : if (x == 0)
3358 : return 0;
3359 :
3360 6375290 : if (all_regs
3361 0 : && REG_P (x)
3362 0 : && REG_P (from)
3363 6375290 : && REGNO (x) == REGNO (from))
3364 : {
3365 0 : gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x) == GET_MODE (from));
3366 : return to;
3367 : }
3368 6375290 : else if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
3369 : {
3370 48037 : rtx new_rtx = replace_rtx (SUBREG_REG (x), from, to, all_regs);
3371 :
3372 48037 : if (CONST_SCALAR_INT_P (new_rtx))
3373 : {
3374 2 : x = simplify_subreg (GET_MODE (x), new_rtx,
3375 1 : GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)),
3376 1 : SUBREG_BYTE (x));
3377 1 : gcc_assert (x);
3378 : }
3379 : else
3380 48036 : SUBREG_REG (x) = new_rtx;
3381 :
3382 48037 : return x;
3383 : }
3384 6327253 : else if (GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTEND)
3385 : {
3386 192370 : rtx new_rtx = replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 0), from, to, all_regs);
3387 :
3388 192370 : if (CONST_SCALAR_INT_P (new_rtx))
3389 : {
3390 2 : x = simplify_unary_operation (ZERO_EXTEND, GET_MODE (x),
3391 1 : new_rtx, GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)));
3392 1 : gcc_assert (x);
3393 : }
3394 : else
3395 192369 : XEXP (x, 0) = new_rtx;
3396 :
3397 192370 : return x;
3398 : }
3399 :
3400 6134883 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
3401 15218937 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3402 : {
3403 9084054 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
3404 5934257 : XEXP (x, i) = replace_rtx (XEXP (x, i), from, to, all_regs);
3405 3149797 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3406 136850 : for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
3407 113406 : XVECEXP (x, i, j) = replace_rtx (XVECEXP (x, i, j),
3408 : from, to, all_regs);
3409 : }
3410 :
3411 : return x;
3412 : }
3413 :
3414 : /* Replace occurrences of the OLD_LABEL in *LOC with NEW_LABEL. Also track
3415 : the change in LABEL_NUSES if UPDATE_LABEL_NUSES. */
3416 :
3417 : void
3418 11170 : replace_label (rtx *loc, rtx old_label, rtx new_label, bool update_label_nuses)
3419 : {
3420 : /* Handle jump tables specially, since ADDR_{DIFF_,}VECs can be long. */
3421 11170 : rtx x = *loc;
3422 11170 : if (JUMP_TABLE_DATA_P (x))
3423 : {
3424 12 : x = PATTERN (x);
3425 12 : rtvec vec = XVEC (x, GET_CODE (x) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC);
3426 12 : int len = GET_NUM_ELEM (vec);
3427 138 : for (int i = 0; i < len; ++i)
3428 : {
3429 126 : rtx ref = RTVEC_ELT (vec, i);
3430 126 : if (XEXP (ref, 0) == old_label)
3431 : {
3432 0 : XEXP (ref, 0) = new_label;
3433 0 : if (update_label_nuses)
3434 : {
3435 0 : ++LABEL_NUSES (new_label);
3436 0 : --LABEL_NUSES (old_label);
3437 : }
3438 : }
3439 : }
3440 12 : return;
3441 : }
3442 :
3443 : /* If this is a JUMP_INSN, then we also need to fix the JUMP_LABEL
3444 : field. This is not handled by the iterator because it doesn't
3445 : handle unprinted ('0') fields. */
3446 11158 : if (JUMP_P (x) && JUMP_LABEL (x) == old_label)
3447 1932 : JUMP_LABEL (x) = new_label;
3448 :
3449 11158 : subrtx_ptr_iterator::array_type array;
3450 109354 : FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_PTR (iter, array, loc, ALL)
3451 : {
3452 98196 : rtx *loc = *iter;
3453 98196 : if (rtx x = *loc)
3454 : {
3455 87659 : if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
3456 87659 : && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
3457 : {
3458 339 : rtx c = get_pool_constant (x);
3459 339 : if (rtx_referenced_p (old_label, c))
3460 : {
3461 : /* Create a copy of constant C; replace the label inside
3462 : but do not update LABEL_NUSES because uses in constant pool
3463 : are not counted. */
3464 0 : rtx new_c = copy_rtx (c);
3465 0 : replace_label (&new_c, old_label, new_label, false);
3466 :
3467 : /* Add the new constant NEW_C to constant pool and replace
3468 : the old reference to constant by new reference. */
3469 0 : rtx new_mem = force_const_mem (get_pool_mode (x), new_c);
3470 0 : *loc = replace_rtx (x, x, XEXP (new_mem, 0));
3471 : }
3472 : }
3473 :
3474 87659 : if ((GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF
3475 83495 : || GET_CODE (x) == INSN_LIST)
3476 6092 : && XEXP (x, 0) == old_label)
3477 : {
3478 5772 : XEXP (x, 0) = new_label;
3479 5772 : if (update_label_nuses)
3480 : {
3481 0 : ++LABEL_NUSES (new_label);
3482 0 : --LABEL_NUSES (old_label);
3483 : }
3484 : }
3485 : }
3486 : }
3487 11158 : }
3488 :
3489 : void
3490 11170 : replace_label_in_insn (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *old_label,
3491 : rtx_insn *new_label, bool update_label_nuses)
3492 : {
3493 11170 : rtx insn_as_rtx = insn;
3494 11170 : replace_label (&insn_as_rtx, old_label, new_label, update_label_nuses);
3495 11170 : gcc_checking_assert (insn_as_rtx == insn);
3496 11170 : }
3497 :
3498 : /* Return true if X is referenced in BODY. */
3499 :
3500 : bool
3501 351728 : rtx_referenced_p (const_rtx x, const_rtx body)
3502 : {
3503 351728 : subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
3504 1722971 : FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, body, ALL)
3505 1394319 : if (const_rtx y = *iter)
3506 : {
3507 : /* Check if a label_ref Y refers to label X. */
3508 1388148 : if (GET_CODE (y) == LABEL_REF
3509 12125 : && LABEL_P (x)
3510 1400270 : && label_ref_label (y) == x)
3511 23076 : return true;
3512 :
3513 1388148 : if (rtx_equal_p (x, y))
3514 : return true;
3515 :
3516 : /* If Y is a reference to pool constant traverse the constant. */
3517 1365072 : if (GET_CODE (y) == SYMBOL_REF
3518 1365072 : && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (y))
3519 7016 : iter.substitute (get_pool_constant (y));
3520 : }
3521 328652 : return false;
3522 351728 : }
3523 :
3524 : /* If INSN is a tablejump return true and store the label (before jump table) to
3525 : *LABELP and the jump table to *TABLEP. LABELP and TABLEP may be NULL. */
3526 :
3527 : bool
3528 107323254 : tablejump_p (const rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn **labelp,
3529 : rtx_jump_table_data **tablep)
3530 : {
3531 107323254 : if (!JUMP_P (insn))
3532 : return false;
3533 :
3534 80892589 : rtx target = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
3535 80892589 : if (target == NULL_RTX || ANY_RETURN_P (target))
3536 : return false;
3537 :
3538 77304530 : rtx_insn *label = as_a<rtx_insn *> (target);
3539 77304530 : rtx_insn *table = next_insn (label);
3540 77304530 : if (table == NULL_RTX || !JUMP_TABLE_DATA_P (table))
3541 : return false;
3542 :
3543 131697 : if (labelp)
3544 87926 : *labelp = label;
3545 131697 : if (tablep)
3546 127620 : *tablep = as_a <rtx_jump_table_data *> (table);
3547 : return true;
3548 : }
3549 :
3550 : /* For INSN known to satisfy tablejump_p, determine if it actually is a
3551 : CASESI. Return the insn pattern if so, NULL_RTX otherwise. */
3552 :
3553 : rtx
3554 24975 : tablejump_casesi_pattern (const rtx_insn *insn)
3555 : {
3556 24975 : rtx tmp;
3557 :
3558 24975 : if ((tmp = single_set (insn)) != NULL
3559 24975 : && SET_DEST (tmp) == pc_rtx
3560 24975 : && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (tmp)) == IF_THEN_ELSE
3561 24975 : && GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (tmp), 2)) == LABEL_REF)
3562 0 : return tmp;
3563 :
3564 : return NULL_RTX;
3565 : }
3566 :
3567 : /* A subroutine of computed_jump_p, return true if X contains a REG or MEM or
3568 : constant that is not in the constant pool and not in the condition
3569 : of an IF_THEN_ELSE. */
3570 :
3571 : static bool
3572 1916 : computed_jump_p_1 (const_rtx x)
3573 : {
3574 1916 : const enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
3575 1916 : int i, j;
3576 1916 : const char *fmt;
3577 :
3578 1916 : switch (code)
3579 : {
3580 : case LABEL_REF:
3581 : case PC:
3582 : return false;
3583 :
3584 : case CONST:
3585 : CASE_CONST_ANY:
3586 : case SYMBOL_REF:
3587 : case REG:
3588 : return true;
3589 :
3590 323 : case MEM:
3591 323 : return ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
3592 14 : && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0)));
3593 :
3594 0 : case IF_THEN_ELSE:
3595 0 : return (computed_jump_p_1 (XEXP (x, 1))
3596 0 : || computed_jump_p_1 (XEXP (x, 2)));
3597 :
3598 0 : default:
3599 0 : break;
3600 : }
3601 :
3602 0 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3603 0 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3604 : {
3605 0 : if (fmt[i] == 'e'
3606 0 : && computed_jump_p_1 (XEXP (x, i)))
3607 : return true;
3608 :
3609 0 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3610 0 : for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
3611 0 : if (computed_jump_p_1 (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
3612 : return true;
3613 : }
3614 :
3615 : return false;
3616 : }
3617 :
3618 : /* Return true if INSN is an indirect jump (aka computed jump).
3619 :
3620 : Tablejumps and casesi insns are not considered indirect jumps;
3621 : we can recognize them by a (use (label_ref)). */
3622 :
3623 : bool
3624 46200467 : computed_jump_p (const rtx_insn *insn)
3625 : {
3626 46200467 : int i;
3627 46200467 : if (JUMP_P (insn))
3628 : {
3629 42195142 : rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
3630 :
3631 : /* If we have a JUMP_LABEL set, we're not a computed jump. */
3632 42195142 : if (JUMP_LABEL (insn) != NULL)
3633 : return false;
3634 :
3635 2436 : if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
3636 : {
3637 489 : int len = XVECLEN (pat, 0);
3638 489 : bool has_use_labelref = false;
3639 :
3640 1467 : for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3641 978 : if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i)) == USE
3642 0 : && (GET_CODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i), 0))
3643 : == LABEL_REF))
3644 : {
3645 : has_use_labelref = true;
3646 : break;
3647 : }
3648 :
3649 489 : if (! has_use_labelref)
3650 1467 : for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3651 978 : if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i)) == SET
3652 0 : && SET_DEST (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i)) == pc_rtx
3653 978 : && computed_jump_p_1 (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i))))
3654 : return true;
3655 : }
3656 1947 : else if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET
3657 1916 : && SET_DEST (pat) == pc_rtx
3658 3863 : && computed_jump_p_1 (SET_SRC (pat)))
3659 : return true;
3660 : }
3661 : return false;
3662 : }
3663 :
3664 :
3665 :
3666 : /* MEM has a PRE/POST-INC/DEC/MODIFY address X. Extract the operands of
3667 : the equivalent add insn and pass the result to FN, using DATA as the
3668 : final argument. */
3669 :
3670 : static int
3671 19691256 : for_each_inc_dec_find_inc_dec (rtx mem, for_each_inc_dec_fn fn, void *data)
3672 : {
3673 19691256 : rtx x = XEXP (mem, 0);
3674 19691256 : switch (GET_CODE (x))
3675 : {
3676 2315256 : case PRE_INC:
3677 2315256 : case POST_INC:
3678 2315256 : {
3679 4630512 : poly_int64 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (mem));
3680 2315256 : rtx r1 = XEXP (x, 0);
3681 2315256 : rtx c = gen_int_mode (size, GET_MODE (r1));
3682 2315256 : return fn (mem, x, r1, r1, c, data);
3683 : }
3684 :
3685 16981561 : case PRE_DEC:
3686 16981561 : case POST_DEC:
3687 16981561 : {
3688 33963122 : poly_int64 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (mem));
3689 16981561 : rtx r1 = XEXP (x, 0);
3690 16981561 : rtx c = gen_int_mode (-size, GET_MODE (r1));
3691 16981561 : return fn (mem, x, r1, r1, c, data);
3692 : }
3693 :
3694 394439 : case PRE_MODIFY:
3695 394439 : case POST_MODIFY:
3696 394439 : {
3697 394439 : rtx r1 = XEXP (x, 0);
3698 394439 : rtx add = XEXP (x, 1);
3699 394439 : return fn (mem, x, r1, add, NULL, data);
3700 : }
3701 :
3702 0 : default:
3703 0 : gcc_unreachable ();
3704 : }
3705 : }
3706 :
3707 : /* Traverse *LOC looking for MEMs that have autoinc addresses.
3708 : For each such autoinc operation found, call FN, passing it
3709 : the innermost enclosing MEM, the operation itself, the RTX modified
3710 : by the operation, two RTXs (the second may be NULL) that, once
3711 : added, represent the value to be held by the modified RTX
3712 : afterwards, and DATA. FN is to return 0 to continue the
3713 : traversal or any other value to have it returned to the caller of
3714 : for_each_inc_dec. */
3715 :
3716 : int
3717 1020075320 : for_each_inc_dec (rtx x,
3718 : for_each_inc_dec_fn fn,
3719 : void *data)
3720 : {
3721 1020075320 : subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array;
3722 5418351668 : FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter, array, x, NONCONST)
3723 : {
3724 4398276348 : rtx mem = *iter;
3725 4398276348 : if (mem
3726 4398276348 : && MEM_P (mem)
3727 254231011 : && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (mem, 0))) == RTX_AUTOINC)
3728 : {
3729 19691256 : int res = for_each_inc_dec_find_inc_dec (mem, fn, data);
3730 19691256 : if (res != 0)
3731 0 : return res;
3732 19691256 : iter.skip_subrtxes ();
3733 : }
3734 : }
3735 1020075320 : return 0;
3736 1020075320 : }
3737 :
3738 :
3739 : /* Searches X for any reference to REGNO, returning the rtx of the
3740 : reference found if any. Otherwise, returns NULL_RTX. */
3741 :
3742 : rtx
3743 0 : regno_use_in (unsigned int regno, rtx x)
3744 : {
3745 0 : const char *fmt;
3746 0 : int i, j;
3747 0 : rtx tem;
3748 :
3749 0 : if (REG_P (x) && REGNO (x) == regno)
3750 : return x;
3751 :
3752 0 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
3753 0 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3754 : {
3755 0 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
3756 : {
3757 0 : if ((tem = regno_use_in (regno, XEXP (x, i))))
3758 : return tem;
3759 : }
3760 0 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3761 0 : for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
3762 0 : if ((tem = regno_use_in (regno , XVECEXP (x, i, j))))
3763 : return tem;
3764 : }
3765 :
3766 : return NULL_RTX;
3767 : }
3768 :
3769 : /* Return a value indicating whether OP, an operand of a commutative
3770 : operation, is preferred as the first or second operand. The more
3771 : positive the value, the stronger the preference for being the first
3772 : operand. */
3773 :
3774 : int
3775 2212420614 : commutative_operand_precedence (rtx op)
3776 : {
3777 2212420614 : enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
3778 :
3779 : /* Constants always become the second operand. Prefer "nice" constants. */
3780 2212420614 : if (code == CONST_INT)
3781 : return -10;
3782 : if (code == CONST_WIDE_INT)
3783 : return -9;
3784 : if (code == CONST_POLY_INT)
3785 : return -8;
3786 : if (code == CONST_DOUBLE)
3787 : return -8;
3788 : if (code == CONST_FIXED)
3789 : return -8;
3790 1316743913 : op = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op);
3791 1316743913 : code = GET_CODE (op);
3792 :
3793 1316743913 : switch (GET_RTX_CLASS (code))
3794 : {
3795 28033741 : case RTX_CONST_OBJ:
3796 28033741 : if (code == CONST_INT)
3797 : return -7;
3798 : if (code == CONST_WIDE_INT)
3799 : return -6;
3800 : if (code == CONST_POLY_INT)
3801 : return -5;
3802 : if (code == CONST_DOUBLE)
3803 : return -5;
3804 : if (code == CONST_FIXED)
3805 : return -5;
3806 : return -4;
3807 :
3808 42082867 : case RTX_EXTRA:
3809 : /* SUBREGs of objects should come second. */
3810 42082867 : if (code == SUBREG && OBJECT_P (SUBREG_REG (op)))
3811 : return -3;
3812 : return 0;
3813 :
3814 976089992 : case RTX_OBJ:
3815 : /* Complex expressions should be the first, so decrease priority
3816 : of objects. Prefer pointer objects over non pointer objects. */
3817 880886613 : if ((REG_P (op) && REG_POINTER (op))
3818 1465932083 : || (MEM_P (op) && MEM_POINTER (op)))
3819 409668861 : return -1;
3820 : return -2;
3821 :
3822 : case RTX_COMM_ARITH:
3823 : /* Prefer operands that are themselves commutative to be first.
3824 : This helps to make things linear. In particular,
3825 : (and (and (reg) (reg)) (not (reg))) is canonical. */
3826 : return 4;
3827 :
3828 81185736 : case RTX_BIN_ARITH:
3829 : /* If only one operand is a binary expression, it will be the first
3830 : operand. In particular, (plus (minus (reg) (reg)) (neg (reg)))
3831 : is canonical, although it will usually be further simplified. */
3832 81185736 : return 2;
3833 :
3834 26250129 : case RTX_UNARY:
3835 : /* Then prefer NEG and NOT. */
3836 26250129 : if (code == NEG || code == NOT)
3837 : return 1;
3838 : /* FALLTHRU */
3839 :
3840 : default:
3841 : return 0;
3842 : }
3843 : }
3844 :
3845 : /* Return true iff it is necessary to swap operands of commutative operation
3846 : in order to canonicalize expression. */
3847 :
3848 : bool
3849 980499286 : swap_commutative_operands_p (rtx x, rtx y)
3850 : {
3851 980499286 : return (commutative_operand_precedence (x)
3852 980499286 : < commutative_operand_precedence (y));
3853 : }
3854 :
3855 : /* Return true if X is an autoincrement side effect and the register is
3856 : not the stack pointer. */
3857 : bool
3858 0 : auto_inc_p (const_rtx x)
3859 : {
3860 0 : switch (GET_CODE (x))
3861 : {
3862 0 : case PRE_INC:
3863 0 : case POST_INC:
3864 0 : case PRE_DEC:
3865 0 : case POST_DEC:
3866 0 : case PRE_MODIFY:
3867 0 : case POST_MODIFY:
3868 : /* There are no REG_INC notes for SP. */
3869 0 : if (XEXP (x, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
3870 0 : return true;
3871 : default:
3872 : break;
3873 : }
3874 : return false;
3875 : }
3876 :
3877 : /* Return true if IN contains a piece of rtl that has the address LOC. */
3878 : bool
3879 1062808 : loc_mentioned_in_p (rtx *loc, const_rtx in)
3880 : {
3881 1062808 : enum rtx_code code;
3882 1062808 : const char *fmt;
3883 1062808 : int i, j;
3884 :
3885 1062808 : if (!in)
3886 : return false;
3887 :
3888 1062808 : code = GET_CODE (in);
3889 1062808 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3890 2123392 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3891 : {
3892 1686560 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
3893 : {
3894 1042607 : if (loc == &XEXP (in, i) || loc_mentioned_in_p (loc, XEXP (in, i)))
3895 625260 : return true;
3896 : }
3897 643953 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3898 27031 : for (j = XVECLEN (in, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
3899 18732 : if (loc == &XVECEXP (in, i, j)
3900 18732 : || loc_mentioned_in_p (loc, XVECEXP (in, i, j)))
3901 716 : return true;
3902 : }
3903 : return false;
3904 : }
3905 :
3906 : /* Reinterpret a subreg as a bit extraction from an integer and return
3907 : the position of the least significant bit of the extracted value.
3908 : In other words, if the extraction were performed as a shift right
3909 : and mask, return the number of bits to shift right.
3910 :
3911 : The outer value of the subreg has OUTER_BYTES bytes and starts at
3912 : byte offset SUBREG_BYTE within an inner value of INNER_BYTES bytes. */
3913 :
3914 : poly_uint64
3915 48000391 : subreg_size_lsb (poly_uint64 outer_bytes,
3916 : poly_uint64 inner_bytes,
3917 : poly_uint64 subreg_byte)
3918 : {
3919 48000391 : poly_uint64 subreg_end, trailing_bytes, byte_pos;
3920 :
3921 : /* A paradoxical subreg begins at bit position 0. */
3922 48000391 : gcc_checking_assert (ordered_p (outer_bytes, inner_bytes));
3923 48000391 : if (maybe_gt (outer_bytes, inner_bytes))
3924 : {
3925 43319 : gcc_checking_assert (known_eq (subreg_byte, 0U));
3926 43319 : return 0;
3927 : }
3928 :
3929 47957072 : subreg_end = subreg_byte + outer_bytes;
3930 47957072 : trailing_bytes = inner_bytes - subreg_end;
3931 47957072 : if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
3932 : byte_pos = trailing_bytes;
3933 47957072 : else if (!WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
3934 47957072 : byte_pos = subreg_byte;
3935 : else
3936 : {
3937 : /* When bytes and words have opposite endianness, we must be able
3938 : to split offsets into words and bytes at compile time. */
3939 : poly_uint64 leading_word_part
3940 : = force_align_down (subreg_byte, UNITS_PER_WORD);
3941 : poly_uint64 trailing_word_part
3942 : = force_align_down (trailing_bytes, UNITS_PER_WORD);
3943 : /* If the subreg crosses a word boundary ensure that
3944 : it also begins and ends on a word boundary. */
3945 : gcc_assert (known_le (subreg_end - leading_word_part,
3946 : (unsigned int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
3947 : || (known_eq (leading_word_part, subreg_byte)
3948 : && known_eq (trailing_word_part, trailing_bytes)));
3949 : if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
3950 : byte_pos = trailing_word_part + (subreg_byte - leading_word_part);
3951 : else
3952 : byte_pos = leading_word_part + (trailing_bytes - trailing_word_part);
3953 : }
3954 :
3955 47957072 : return byte_pos * BITS_PER_UNIT;
3956 : }
3957 :
3958 : /* Given a subreg X, return the bit offset where the subreg begins
3959 : (counting from the least significant bit of the reg). */
3960 :
3961 : poly_uint64
3962 2964201 : subreg_lsb (const_rtx x)
3963 : {
3964 5928402 : return subreg_lsb_1 (GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)),
3965 2964201 : SUBREG_BYTE (x));
3966 : }
3967 :
3968 : /* Return the subreg byte offset for a subreg whose outer value has
3969 : OUTER_BYTES bytes, whose inner value has INNER_BYTES bytes, and where
3970 : there are LSB_SHIFT *bits* between the lsb of the outer value and the
3971 : lsb of the inner value. This is the inverse of the calculation
3972 : performed by subreg_lsb_1 (which converts byte offsets to bit shifts). */
3973 :
3974 : poly_uint64
3975 40041333 : subreg_size_offset_from_lsb (poly_uint64 outer_bytes, poly_uint64 inner_bytes,
3976 : poly_uint64 lsb_shift)
3977 : {
3978 : /* A paradoxical subreg begins at bit position 0. */
3979 40041333 : gcc_checking_assert (ordered_p (outer_bytes, inner_bytes));
3980 40041333 : if (maybe_gt (outer_bytes, inner_bytes))
3981 : {
3982 0 : gcc_checking_assert (known_eq (lsb_shift, 0U));
3983 0 : return 0;
3984 : }
3985 :
3986 40041333 : poly_uint64 lower_bytes = exact_div (lsb_shift, BITS_PER_UNIT);
3987 40041333 : poly_uint64 upper_bytes = inner_bytes - (lower_bytes + outer_bytes);
3988 40041333 : if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
3989 : return upper_bytes;
3990 40041333 : else if (!WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
3991 40041333 : return lower_bytes;
3992 : else
3993 : {
3994 : /* When bytes and words have opposite endianness, we must be able
3995 : to split offsets into words and bytes at compile time. */
3996 : poly_uint64 lower_word_part = force_align_down (lower_bytes,
3997 : UNITS_PER_WORD);
3998 : poly_uint64 upper_word_part = force_align_down (upper_bytes,
3999 : UNITS_PER_WORD);
4000 : if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4001 : return upper_word_part + (lower_bytes - lower_word_part);
4002 : else
4003 : return lower_word_part + (upper_bytes - upper_word_part);
4004 : }
4005 : }
4006 :
4007 : /* Fill in information about a subreg of a hard register.
4008 : xregno - A regno of an inner hard subreg_reg (or what will become one).
4009 : xmode - The mode of xregno.
4010 : offset - The byte offset.
4011 : ymode - The mode of a top level SUBREG (or what may become one).
4012 : info - Pointer to structure to fill in.
4013 :
4014 : Rather than considering one particular inner register (and thus one
4015 : particular "outer" register) in isolation, this function really uses
4016 : XREGNO as a model for a sequence of isomorphic hard registers. Thus the
4017 : function does not check whether adding INFO->offset to XREGNO gives
4018 : a valid hard register; even if INFO->offset + XREGNO is out of range,
4019 : there might be another register of the same type that is in range.
4020 : Likewise it doesn't check whether targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok accepts
4021 : the new register, since that can depend on things like whether the final
4022 : register number is even or odd. Callers that want to check whether
4023 : this particular subreg can be replaced by a simple (reg ...) should
4024 : use simplify_subreg_regno. */
4025 :
4026 : void
4027 33997122 : subreg_get_info (unsigned int xregno, machine_mode xmode,
4028 : poly_uint64 offset, machine_mode ymode,
4029 : struct subreg_info *info)
4030 : {
4031 33997122 : unsigned int nregs_xmode, nregs_ymode;
4032 :
4033 33997122 : gcc_assert (xregno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
4034 :
4035 67994244 : poly_uint64 xsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (xmode);
4036 67994244 : poly_uint64 ysize = GET_MODE_SIZE (ymode);
4037 :
4038 33997122 : bool rknown = false;
4039 :
4040 : /* If the register representation of a non-scalar mode has holes in it,
4041 : we expect the scalar units to be concatenated together, with the holes
4042 : distributed evenly among the scalar units. Each scalar unit must occupy
4043 : at least one register. */
4044 33997122 : if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (xregno, xmode))
4045 : {
4046 : /* As a consequence, we must be dealing with a constant number of
4047 : scalars, and thus a constant offset and number of units. */
4048 0 : HOST_WIDE_INT coffset = offset.to_constant ();
4049 0 : HOST_WIDE_INT cysize = ysize.to_constant ();
4050 0 : nregs_xmode = HARD_REGNO_NREGS_WITH_PADDING (xregno, xmode);
4051 0 : unsigned int nunits = GET_MODE_NUNITS (xmode).to_constant ();
4052 0 : scalar_mode xmode_unit = GET_MODE_INNER (xmode);
4053 0 : gcc_assert (HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (xregno, xmode_unit));
4054 0 : gcc_assert (nregs_xmode
4055 : == (nunits
4056 : * HARD_REGNO_NREGS_WITH_PADDING (xregno, xmode_unit)));
4057 0 : gcc_assert (hard_regno_nregs (xregno, xmode)
4058 : == hard_regno_nregs (xregno, xmode_unit) * nunits);
4059 :
4060 : /* You can only ask for a SUBREG of a value with holes in the middle
4061 : if you don't cross the holes. (Such a SUBREG should be done by
4062 : picking a different register class, or doing it in memory if
4063 : necessary.) An example of a value with holes is XCmode on 32-bit
4064 : x86 with -m128bit-long-double; it's represented in 6 32-bit registers,
4065 : 3 for each part, but in memory it's two 128-bit parts.
4066 : Padding is assumed to be at the end (not necessarily the 'high part')
4067 : of each unit. */
4068 0 : if ((coffset / GET_MODE_SIZE (xmode_unit) + 1 < nunits)
4069 0 : && (coffset / GET_MODE_SIZE (xmode_unit)
4070 0 : != ((coffset + cysize - 1) / GET_MODE_SIZE (xmode_unit))))
4071 : {
4072 0 : info->representable_p = false;
4073 0 : rknown = true;
4074 : }
4075 : }
4076 : else
4077 33997122 : nregs_xmode = hard_regno_nregs (xregno, xmode);
4078 :
4079 33997122 : nregs_ymode = hard_regno_nregs (xregno, ymode);
4080 :
4081 : /* Subreg sizes must be ordered, so that we can tell whether they are
4082 : partial, paradoxical or complete. */
4083 33997122 : gcc_checking_assert (ordered_p (xsize, ysize));
4084 :
4085 : /* Paradoxical subregs are otherwise valid. */
4086 33997122 : if (!rknown && known_eq (offset, 0U) && maybe_gt (ysize, xsize))
4087 : {
4088 13688620 : info->representable_p = true;
4089 : /* If this is a big endian paradoxical subreg, which uses more
4090 : actual hard registers than the original register, we must
4091 : return a negative offset so that we find the proper highpart
4092 : of the register.
4093 :
4094 : We assume that the ordering of registers within a multi-register
4095 : value has a consistent endianness: if bytes and register words
4096 : have different endianness, the hard registers that make up a
4097 : multi-register value must be at least word-sized. */
4098 13688620 : if (REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4099 : info->offset = (int) nregs_xmode - (int) nregs_ymode;
4100 : else
4101 13688620 : info->offset = 0;
4102 13688620 : info->nregs = nregs_ymode;
4103 13688620 : return;
4104 : }
4105 :
4106 : /* If registers store different numbers of bits in the different
4107 : modes, we cannot generally form this subreg. */
4108 20308502 : poly_uint64 regsize_xmode, regsize_ymode;
4109 17463583 : if (!HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (xregno, xmode)
4110 0 : && !HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (xregno, ymode)
4111 20308502 : && multiple_p (xsize, nregs_xmode, ®size_xmode)
4112 20308502 : && multiple_p (ysize, nregs_ymode, ®size_ymode))
4113 : {
4114 20308502 : if (!rknown
4115 20308502 : && ((nregs_ymode > 1 && maybe_gt (regsize_xmode, regsize_ymode))
4116 20308490 : || (nregs_xmode > 1 && maybe_gt (regsize_ymode, regsize_xmode))))
4117 : {
4118 119 : info->representable_p = false;
4119 119 : if (!can_div_away_from_zero_p (ysize, regsize_xmode, &info->nregs)
4120 119 : || !can_div_trunc_p (offset, regsize_xmode, &info->offset))
4121 : /* Checked by validate_subreg. We must know at compile time
4122 : which inner registers are being accessed. */
4123 : gcc_unreachable ();
4124 33477997 : return;
4125 : }
4126 : /* It's not valid to extract a subreg of mode YMODE at OFFSET that
4127 : would go outside of XMODE. */
4128 20308383 : if (!rknown && maybe_gt (ysize + offset, xsize))
4129 : {
4130 0 : info->representable_p = false;
4131 0 : info->nregs = nregs_ymode;
4132 0 : if (!can_div_trunc_p (offset, regsize_xmode, &info->offset))
4133 : /* Checked by validate_subreg. We must know at compile time
4134 : which inner registers are being accessed. */
4135 : gcc_unreachable ();
4136 0 : return;
4137 : }
4138 : /* Quick exit for the simple and common case of extracting whole
4139 : subregisters from a multiregister value. */
4140 : /* ??? It would be better to integrate this into the code below,
4141 : if we can generalize the concept enough and figure out how
4142 : odd-sized modes can coexist with the other weird cases we support. */
4143 20308383 : HOST_WIDE_INT count;
4144 20308383 : if (!rknown
4145 : && WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN == REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
4146 20308383 : && known_eq (regsize_xmode, regsize_ymode)
4147 20308383 : && constant_multiple_p (offset, regsize_ymode, &count))
4148 : {
4149 12929671 : info->representable_p = true;
4150 12929671 : info->nregs = nregs_ymode;
4151 12929671 : info->offset = count;
4152 12929671 : gcc_assert (info->offset + info->nregs <= (int) nregs_xmode);
4153 : return;
4154 : }
4155 : }
4156 :
4157 : /* Lowpart subregs are otherwise valid. */
4158 7378712 : if (!rknown && known_eq (offset, subreg_lowpart_offset (ymode, xmode)))
4159 : {
4160 6859587 : info->representable_p = true;
4161 6859587 : rknown = true;
4162 :
4163 6859587 : if (known_eq (offset, 0U) || nregs_xmode == nregs_ymode)
4164 : {
4165 6859587 : info->offset = 0;
4166 6859587 : info->nregs = nregs_ymode;
4167 6859587 : return;
4168 : }
4169 : }
4170 :
4171 : /* Set NUM_BLOCKS to the number of independently-representable YMODE
4172 : values there are in (reg:XMODE XREGNO). We can view the register
4173 : as consisting of this number of independent "blocks", where each
4174 : block occupies NREGS_YMODE registers and contains exactly one
4175 : representable YMODE value. */
4176 519125 : gcc_assert ((nregs_xmode % nregs_ymode) == 0);
4177 519125 : unsigned int num_blocks = nregs_xmode / nregs_ymode;
4178 :
4179 : /* Calculate the number of bytes in each block. This must always
4180 : be exact, otherwise we don't know how to verify the constraint.
4181 : These conditions may be relaxed but subreg_regno_offset would
4182 : need to be redesigned. */
4183 519125 : poly_uint64 bytes_per_block = exact_div (xsize, num_blocks);
4184 :
4185 : /* Get the number of the first block that contains the subreg and the byte
4186 : offset of the subreg from the start of that block. */
4187 519125 : unsigned int block_number;
4188 519125 : poly_uint64 subblock_offset;
4189 519125 : if (!can_div_trunc_p (offset, bytes_per_block, &block_number,
4190 : &subblock_offset))
4191 : /* Checked by validate_subreg. We must know at compile time which
4192 : inner registers are being accessed. */
4193 : gcc_unreachable ();
4194 :
4195 519125 : if (!rknown)
4196 : {
4197 : /* Only the lowpart of each block is representable. */
4198 519125 : info->representable_p
4199 519125 : = known_eq (subblock_offset,
4200 : subreg_size_lowpart_offset (ysize, bytes_per_block));
4201 519125 : rknown = true;
4202 : }
4203 :
4204 : /* We assume that the ordering of registers within a multi-register
4205 : value has a consistent endianness: if bytes and register words
4206 : have different endianness, the hard registers that make up a
4207 : multi-register value must be at least word-sized. */
4208 519125 : if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN != REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4209 : /* The block number we calculated above followed memory endianness.
4210 : Convert it to register endianness by counting back from the end.
4211 : (Note that, because of the assumption above, each block must be
4212 : at least word-sized.) */
4213 : info->offset = (num_blocks - block_number - 1) * nregs_ymode;
4214 : else
4215 519125 : info->offset = block_number * nregs_ymode;
4216 519125 : info->nregs = nregs_ymode;
4217 : }
4218 :
4219 : /* This function returns the regno offset of a subreg expression.
4220 : xregno - A regno of an inner hard subreg_reg (or what will become one).
4221 : xmode - The mode of xregno.
4222 : offset - The byte offset.
4223 : ymode - The mode of a top level SUBREG (or what may become one).
4224 : RETURN - The regno offset which would be used. */
4225 : unsigned int
4226 5447328 : subreg_regno_offset (unsigned int xregno, machine_mode xmode,
4227 : poly_uint64 offset, machine_mode ymode)
4228 : {
4229 5447328 : struct subreg_info info;
4230 5447328 : subreg_get_info (xregno, xmode, offset, ymode, &info);
4231 5447328 : return info.offset;
4232 : }
4233 :
4234 : /* This function returns true when the offset is representable via
4235 : subreg_offset in the given regno.
4236 : xregno - A regno of an inner hard subreg_reg (or what will become one).
4237 : xmode - The mode of xregno.
4238 : offset - The byte offset.
4239 : ymode - The mode of a top level SUBREG (or what may become one).
4240 : RETURN - Whether the offset is representable. */
4241 : bool
4242 0 : subreg_offset_representable_p (unsigned int xregno, machine_mode xmode,
4243 : poly_uint64 offset, machine_mode ymode)
4244 : {
4245 0 : struct subreg_info info;
4246 0 : subreg_get_info (xregno, xmode, offset, ymode, &info);
4247 0 : return info.representable_p;
4248 : }
4249 :
4250 : /* Return the number of a YMODE register to which
4251 :
4252 : (subreg:YMODE (reg:XMODE XREGNO) OFFSET)
4253 :
4254 : can be simplified. Return -1 if the subreg can't be simplified.
4255 :
4256 : XREGNO is a hard register number. ALLOW_STACK_REGS is true if
4257 : we should allow subregs of stack_pointer_rtx, frame_pointer_rtx.
4258 : and arg_pointer_rtx (which are normally expected to be the unique
4259 : way of referring to their respective registers). */
4260 :
4261 :
4262 : int
4263 29319656 : simplify_subreg_regno (unsigned int xregno, machine_mode xmode,
4264 : poly_uint64 offset, machine_mode ymode,
4265 : bool allow_stack_regs)
4266 : {
4267 29319656 : struct subreg_info info;
4268 29319656 : unsigned int yregno;
4269 :
4270 : /* Give the backend a chance to disallow the mode change. */
4271 29319656 : if (GET_MODE_CLASS (xmode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT
4272 29319656 : && GET_MODE_CLASS (xmode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
4273 29319656 : && !REG_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_P (xregno, xmode, ymode))
4274 : return -1;
4275 :
4276 28674145 : if (!allow_stack_regs)
4277 : {
4278 : /* We shouldn't simplify stack-related registers. */
4279 28320494 : if ((!reload_completed || frame_pointer_needed)
4280 24845296 : && xregno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
4281 : return -1;
4282 :
4283 28213725 : if (FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
4284 : && xregno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
4285 : return -1;
4286 :
4287 28110865 : if (xregno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
4288 : /* We should convert hard stack register in LRA if it is
4289 : possible. */
4290 104004 : && ! lra_in_progress)
4291 : return -1;
4292 : }
4293 :
4294 : /* Try to get the register offset. */
4295 28362281 : subreg_get_info (xregno, xmode, offset, ymode, &info);
4296 28362281 : if (!info.representable_p)
4297 : return -1;
4298 :
4299 : /* Make sure that the offsetted register value is in range. */
4300 27902292 : yregno = xregno + info.offset;
4301 27902292 : if (!HARD_REGISTER_NUM_P (yregno))
4302 : return -1;
4303 :
4304 : /* See whether (reg:YMODE YREGNO) is valid.
4305 :
4306 : ??? We allow invalid registers if (reg:XMODE XREGNO) is also invalid.
4307 : This is a kludge to work around how complex FP arguments are passed
4308 : on IA-64 and should be fixed. See PR target/49226. */
4309 27890141 : if (!targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok (yregno, ymode)
4310 27890141 : && targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok (xregno, xmode))
4311 : return -1;
4312 :
4313 27645222 : return (int) yregno;
4314 : }
4315 :
4316 : /* A wrapper around simplify_subreg_regno that uses subreg_lowpart_offset
4317 : (xmode, ymode) as the offset. */
4318 :
4319 : int
4320 0 : lowpart_subreg_regno (unsigned int regno, machine_mode xmode,
4321 : machine_mode ymode)
4322 : {
4323 0 : poly_uint64 offset = subreg_lowpart_offset (xmode, ymode);
4324 0 : return simplify_subreg_regno (regno, xmode, offset, ymode);
4325 : }
4326 :
4327 : /* Return the final regno that a subreg expression refers to. */
4328 : unsigned int
4329 11257 : subreg_regno (const_rtx x)
4330 : {
4331 11257 : unsigned int ret;
4332 11257 : rtx subreg = SUBREG_REG (x);
4333 11257 : int regno = REGNO (subreg);
4334 :
4335 22514 : ret = regno + subreg_regno_offset (regno,
4336 11257 : GET_MODE (subreg),
4337 11257 : SUBREG_BYTE (x),
4338 11257 : GET_MODE (x));
4339 11257 : return ret;
4340 :
4341 : }
4342 :
4343 : /* Return the number of registers that a subreg expression refers
4344 : to. */
4345 : unsigned int
4346 180895 : subreg_nregs (const_rtx x)
4347 : {
4348 180895 : return subreg_nregs_with_regno (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)), x);
4349 : }
4350 :
4351 : /* Return the number of registers that a subreg REG with REGNO
4352 : expression refers to. This is a copy of the rtlanal.cc:subreg_nregs
4353 : changed so that the regno can be passed in. */
4354 :
4355 : unsigned int
4356 180895 : subreg_nregs_with_regno (unsigned int regno, const_rtx x)
4357 : {
4358 180895 : struct subreg_info info;
4359 180895 : rtx subreg = SUBREG_REG (x);
4360 :
4361 180895 : subreg_get_info (regno, GET_MODE (subreg), SUBREG_BYTE (x), GET_MODE (x),
4362 : &info);
4363 180895 : return info.nregs;
4364 : }
4365 :
4366 : struct parms_set_data
4367 : {
4368 : int nregs;
4369 : HARD_REG_SET regs;
4370 : };
4371 :
4372 : /* Helper function for noticing stores to parameter registers. */
4373 : static void
4374 66964 : parms_set (rtx x, const_rtx pat ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data)
4375 : {
4376 66964 : struct parms_set_data *const d = (struct parms_set_data *) data;
4377 66962 : if (REG_P (x) && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
4378 133926 : && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (d->regs, REGNO (x)))
4379 : {
4380 66636 : CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (d->regs, REGNO (x));
4381 66636 : d->nregs--;
4382 : }
4383 66964 : }
4384 :
4385 : /* Look backward for first parameter to be loaded.
4386 : Note that loads of all parameters will not necessarily be
4387 : found if CSE has eliminated some of them (e.g., an argument
4388 : to the outer function is passed down as a parameter).
4389 : Do not skip BOUNDARY. */
4390 : rtx_insn *
4391 40988 : find_first_parameter_load (rtx_insn *call_insn, rtx_insn *boundary)
4392 : {
4393 40988 : struct parms_set_data parm;
4394 40988 : rtx p;
4395 40988 : rtx_insn *before, *first_set;
4396 :
4397 : /* Since different machines initialize their parameter registers
4398 : in different orders, assume nothing. Collect the set of all
4399 : parameter registers. */
4400 40988 : CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (parm.regs);
4401 40988 : parm.nregs = 0;
4402 122952 : for (p = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (call_insn); p; p = XEXP (p, 1))
4403 81964 : if (GET_CODE (XEXP (p, 0)) == USE
4404 81802 : && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (p, 0), 0))
4405 151013 : && !STATIC_CHAIN_REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (p, 0), 0)))
4406 : {
4407 68774 : gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (p, 0), 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
4408 :
4409 : /* We only care about registers which can hold function
4410 : arguments. */
4411 68774 : if (!FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (p, 0), 0))))
4412 1784 : continue;
4413 :
4414 66990 : SET_HARD_REG_BIT (parm.regs, REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (p, 0), 0)));
4415 66990 : parm.nregs++;
4416 : }
4417 : before = call_insn;
4418 : first_set = call_insn;
4419 :
4420 : /* Search backward for the first set of a register in this set. */
4421 107624 : while (parm.nregs && before != boundary)
4422 : {
4423 66964 : before = PREV_INSN (before);
4424 :
4425 : /* It is possible that some loads got CSEed from one call to
4426 : another. Stop in that case. */
4427 66964 : if (CALL_P (before))
4428 : break;
4429 :
4430 : /* Our caller needs either ensure that we will find all sets
4431 : (in case code has not been optimized yet), or take care
4432 : for possible labels in a way by setting boundary to preceding
4433 : CODE_LABEL. */
4434 66964 : if (LABEL_P (before))
4435 : {
4436 0 : gcc_assert (before == boundary);
4437 : break;
4438 : }
4439 :
4440 66964 : if (INSN_P (before))
4441 : {
4442 66964 : int nregs_old = parm.nregs;
4443 66964 : note_stores (before, parms_set, &parm);
4444 : /* If we found something that did not set a parameter reg,
4445 : we're done. Do not keep going, as that might result
4446 : in hoisting an insn before the setting of a pseudo
4447 : that is used by the hoisted insn. */
4448 66964 : if (nregs_old != parm.nregs)
4449 : first_set = before;
4450 : else
4451 : break;
4452 : }
4453 : }
4454 40988 : return first_set;
4455 : }
4456 :
4457 : /* Return true if we should avoid inserting code between INSN and preceding
4458 : call instruction. */
4459 :
4460 : bool
4461 11215757 : keep_with_call_p (const rtx_insn *insn)
4462 : {
4463 11215757 : rtx set;
4464 :
4465 11215757 : if (INSN_P (insn) && (set = single_set (insn)) != NULL)
4466 : {
4467 7559328 : if (REG_P (SET_DEST (set))
4468 2044908 : && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
4469 2044908 : && fixed_regs[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))]
4470 7726013 : && general_operand (SET_SRC (set), VOIDmode))
4471 : return true;
4472 7558977 : if (REG_P (SET_SRC (set))
4473 788652 : && targetm.calls.function_value_regno_p (REGNO (SET_SRC (set)))
4474 501315 : && REG_P (SET_DEST (set))
4475 7719853 : && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4476 : return true;
4477 : /* There may be a stack pop just after the call and before the store
4478 : of the return register. Search for the actual store when deciding
4479 : if we can break or not. */
4480 7558977 : if (SET_DEST (set) == stack_pointer_rtx)
4481 : {
4482 : /* This CONST_CAST is okay because next_nonnote_insn just
4483 : returns its argument and we assign it to a const_rtx
4484 : variable. */
4485 165191 : const rtx_insn *i2
4486 165191 : = next_nonnote_insn (const_cast<rtx_insn *> (insn));
4487 165191 : if (i2 && keep_with_call_p (i2))
4488 : return true;
4489 : }
4490 : }
4491 : return false;
4492 : }
4493 :
4494 : /* Return true if LABEL is a target of JUMP_INSN. This applies only
4495 : to non-complex jumps. That is, direct unconditional, conditional,
4496 : and tablejumps, but not computed jumps or returns. It also does
4497 : not apply to the fallthru case of a conditional jump. */
4498 :
4499 : bool
4500 24178835 : label_is_jump_target_p (const_rtx label, const rtx_insn *jump_insn)
4501 : {
4502 24178835 : rtx tmp = JUMP_LABEL (jump_insn);
4503 24178835 : rtx_jump_table_data *table;
4504 :
4505 24178835 : if (label == tmp)
4506 : return true;
4507 :
4508 4022578 : if (tablejump_p (jump_insn, NULL, &table))
4509 : {
4510 0 : rtvec vec = table->get_labels ();
4511 0 : int i, veclen = GET_NUM_ELEM (vec);
4512 :
4513 0 : for (i = 0; i < veclen; ++i)
4514 0 : if (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (vec, i), 0) == label)
4515 : return true;
4516 : }
4517 :
4518 4022578 : if (find_reg_note (jump_insn, REG_LABEL_TARGET, label))
4519 : return true;
4520 :
4521 : return false;
4522 : }
4523 :
4524 :
4525 : /* Return an estimate of the cost of computing rtx X.
4526 : One use is in cse, to decide which expression to keep in the hash table.
4527 : Another is in rtl generation, to pick the cheapest way to multiply.
4528 : Other uses like the latter are expected in the future.
4529 :
4530 : X appears as operand OPNO in an expression with code OUTER_CODE.
4531 : SPEED specifies whether costs optimized for speed or size should
4532 : be returned. */
4533 :
4534 : int
4535 12591382313 : rtx_cost (rtx x, machine_mode mode, enum rtx_code outer_code,
4536 : int opno, bool speed)
4537 : {
4538 12591382313 : int i, j;
4539 12591382313 : enum rtx_code code;
4540 12591382313 : const char *fmt;
4541 12591382313 : int total;
4542 12591382313 : int factor;
4543 12591382313 : unsigned mode_size;
4544 :
4545 12591382313 : if (x == 0)
4546 : return 0;
4547 :
4548 12591382313 : if (GET_CODE (x) == SET)
4549 : /* A SET doesn't have a mode, so let's look at the SET_DEST to get
4550 : the mode for the factor. */
4551 47675604 : mode = GET_MODE (SET_DEST (x));
4552 12543706709 : else if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode)
4553 9668790299 : mode = GET_MODE (x);
4554 :
4555 25182764626 : mode_size = estimated_poly_value (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
4556 :
4557 : /* A size N times larger than UNITS_PER_WORD likely needs N times as
4558 : many insns, taking N times as long. */
4559 13097818513 : factor = mode_size > UNITS_PER_WORD ? mode_size / UNITS_PER_WORD : 1;
4560 :
4561 : /* Compute the default costs of certain things.
4562 : Note that targetm.rtx_costs can override the defaults. */
4563 :
4564 12591382313 : code = GET_CODE (x);
4565 12591382313 : switch (code)
4566 : {
4567 1758388068 : case MULT:
4568 1758388068 : case FMA:
4569 1758388068 : case SS_MULT:
4570 1758388068 : case US_MULT:
4571 1758388068 : case SMUL_HIGHPART:
4572 1758388068 : case UMUL_HIGHPART:
4573 : /* Multiplication has time-complexity O(N*N), where N is the
4574 : number of units (translated from digits) when using
4575 : schoolbook long multiplication. */
4576 1758388068 : total = factor * factor * COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
4577 1758388068 : break;
4578 72486234 : case DIV:
4579 72486234 : case UDIV:
4580 72486234 : case MOD:
4581 72486234 : case UMOD:
4582 72486234 : case SS_DIV:
4583 72486234 : case US_DIV:
4584 : /* Similarly, complexity for schoolbook long division. */
4585 72486234 : total = factor * factor * COSTS_N_INSNS (7);
4586 72486234 : break;
4587 0 : case USE:
4588 : /* Used in combine.cc as a marker. */
4589 0 : total = 0;
4590 0 : break;
4591 10760508011 : default:
4592 10760508011 : total = factor * COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
4593 : }
4594 :
4595 12591382313 : switch (code)
4596 : {
4597 : case REG:
4598 : return 0;
4599 :
4600 11762184 : case SUBREG:
4601 11762184 : total = 0;
4602 : /* If we can't tie these modes, make this expensive. The larger
4603 : the mode, the more expensive it is. */
4604 11762184 : if (!targetm.modes_tieable_p (mode, GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
4605 4307947 : return COSTS_N_INSNS (2 + factor);
4606 : break;
4607 :
4608 17277128 : case TRUNCATE:
4609 17277128 : if (targetm.modes_tieable_p (mode, GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))))
4610 : {
4611 3851965 : total = 0;
4612 3851965 : break;
4613 : }
4614 : /* FALLTHRU */
4615 7702810706 : default:
4616 7702810706 : if (targetm.rtx_costs (x, mode, outer_code, opno, &total, speed))
4617 3531950419 : return total;
4618 : break;
4619 : }
4620 :
4621 : /* Sum the costs of the sub-rtx's, plus cost of this operation,
4622 : which is already in total. */
4623 :
4624 4182166489 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
4625 12455520008 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
4626 8273353519 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
4627 8204184217 : total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, i), mode, code, i, speed);
4628 69169302 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
4629 11817444 : for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
4630 6730266 : total += rtx_cost (XVECEXP (x, i, j), mode, code, i, speed);
4631 :
4632 4182166489 : return total;
4633 : }
4634 :
4635 : /* Fill in the structure C with information about both speed and size rtx
4636 : costs for X, which is operand OPNO in an expression with code OUTER. */
4637 :
4638 : void
4639 2219746 : get_full_rtx_cost (rtx x, machine_mode mode, enum rtx_code outer, int opno,
4640 : struct full_rtx_costs *c)
4641 : {
4642 2219746 : c->speed = rtx_cost (x, mode, outer, opno, true);
4643 2219746 : c->size = rtx_cost (x, mode, outer, opno, false);
4644 2219746 : }
4645 :
4646 :
4647 : /* Return cost of address expression X.
4648 : Expect that X is properly formed address reference.
4649 :
4650 : SPEED parameter specify whether costs optimized for speed or size should
4651 : be returned. */
4652 :
4653 : int
4654 10858238 : address_cost (rtx x, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed)
4655 : {
4656 : /* We may be asked for cost of various unusual addresses, such as operands
4657 : of push instruction. It is not worthwhile to complicate writing
4658 : of the target hook by such cases. */
4659 :
4660 10858238 : if (!memory_address_addr_space_p (mode, x, as))
4661 : return 1000;
4662 :
4663 10773597 : return targetm.address_cost (x, mode, as, speed);
4664 : }
4665 :
4666 : /* If the target doesn't override, compute the cost as with arithmetic. */
4667 :
4668 : int
4669 0 : default_address_cost (rtx x, machine_mode, addr_space_t, bool speed)
4670 : {
4671 0 : return rtx_cost (x, Pmode, MEM, 0, speed);
4672 : }
4673 :
4674 :
4675 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4676 693673653 : nonzero_bits (const_rtx x, machine_mode mode)
4677 : {
4678 693673653 : if (mode == VOIDmode)
4679 0 : mode = GET_MODE (x);
4680 693673653 : scalar_int_mode int_mode;
4681 693673653 : if (!is_a <scalar_int_mode> (mode, &int_mode))
4682 20374620 : return GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
4683 673299033 : return cached_nonzero_bits (x, int_mode, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
4684 : }
4685 :
4686 : unsigned int
4687 245783048 : num_sign_bit_copies (const_rtx x, machine_mode mode)
4688 : {
4689 245783048 : if (mode == VOIDmode)
4690 1 : mode = GET_MODE (x);
4691 245783048 : scalar_int_mode int_mode;
4692 245783048 : if (!is_a <scalar_int_mode> (mode, &int_mode))
4693 : return 1;
4694 225728510 : return cached_num_sign_bit_copies (x, int_mode, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
4695 : }
4696 :
4697 : /* Return true if nonzero_bits1 might recurse into both operands
4698 : of X. */
4699 :
4700 : static inline bool
4701 1425310930 : nonzero_bits_binary_arith_p (const_rtx x)
4702 : {
4703 1425310930 : if (!ARITHMETIC_P (x))
4704 : return false;
4705 248986216 : switch (GET_CODE (x))
4706 : {
4707 : case AND:
4708 : case XOR:
4709 : case IOR:
4710 : case UMIN:
4711 : case UMAX:
4712 : case SMIN:
4713 : case SMAX:
4714 : case PLUS:
4715 : case MINUS:
4716 : case MULT:
4717 : case DIV:
4718 : case UDIV:
4719 : case MOD:
4720 : case UMOD:
4721 : return true;
4722 : default:
4723 : return false;
4724 : }
4725 : }
4726 :
4727 : /* The function cached_nonzero_bits is a wrapper around nonzero_bits1.
4728 : It avoids exponential behavior in nonzero_bits1 when X has
4729 : identical subexpressions on the first or the second level. */
4730 :
4731 : static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4732 1147264813 : cached_nonzero_bits (const_rtx x, scalar_int_mode mode, const_rtx known_x,
4733 : machine_mode known_mode,
4734 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT known_ret)
4735 : {
4736 1147264813 : if (x == known_x && mode == known_mode)
4737 : return known_ret;
4738 :
4739 : /* Try to find identical subexpressions. If found call
4740 : nonzero_bits1 on X with the subexpressions as KNOWN_X and the
4741 : precomputed value for the subexpression as KNOWN_RET. */
4742 :
4743 1144967592 : if (nonzero_bits_binary_arith_p (x))
4744 : {
4745 140793646 : rtx x0 = XEXP (x, 0);
4746 140793646 : rtx x1 = XEXP (x, 1);
4747 :
4748 : /* Check the first level. */
4749 140793646 : if (x0 == x1)
4750 59723 : return nonzero_bits1 (x, mode, x0, mode,
4751 : cached_nonzero_bits (x0, mode, known_x,
4752 59723 : known_mode, known_ret));
4753 :
4754 : /* Check the second level. */
4755 140733923 : if (nonzero_bits_binary_arith_p (x0)
4756 140733923 : && (x1 == XEXP (x0, 0) || x1 == XEXP (x0, 1)))
4757 1124508 : return nonzero_bits1 (x, mode, x1, mode,
4758 : cached_nonzero_bits (x1, mode, known_x,
4759 1124508 : known_mode, known_ret));
4760 :
4761 139609415 : if (nonzero_bits_binary_arith_p (x1)
4762 139609415 : && (x0 == XEXP (x1, 0) || x0 == XEXP (x1, 1)))
4763 6361 : return nonzero_bits1 (x, mode, x0, mode,
4764 : cached_nonzero_bits (x0, mode, known_x,
4765 6361 : known_mode, known_ret));
4766 : }
4767 :
4768 1143777000 : return nonzero_bits1 (x, mode, known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
4769 : }
4770 :
4771 : /* We let num_sign_bit_copies recur into nonzero_bits as that is useful.
4772 : We don't let nonzero_bits recur into num_sign_bit_copies, because that
4773 : is less useful. We can't allow both, because that results in exponential
4774 : run time recursion. There is a nullstone testcase that triggered
4775 : this. This macro avoids accidental uses of num_sign_bit_copies. */
4776 : #define cached_num_sign_bit_copies sorry_i_am_preventing_exponential_behavior
4777 :
4778 : /* Given an expression, X, compute which bits in X can be nonzero.
4779 : We don't care about bits outside of those defined in MODE.
4780 :
4781 : For most X this is simply GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (X)), but if X is
4782 : an arithmetic operation, we can do better. */
4783 :
4784 : static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4785 1144967592 : nonzero_bits1 (const_rtx x, scalar_int_mode mode, const_rtx known_x,
4786 : machine_mode known_mode,
4787 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT known_ret)
4788 : {
4789 1144967592 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero = GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
4790 1144967592 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT inner_nz;
4791 1144967592 : enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
4792 1144967592 : machine_mode inner_mode;
4793 1144967592 : unsigned int inner_width;
4794 1144967592 : scalar_int_mode xmode;
4795 :
4796 1144967592 : unsigned int mode_width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
4797 :
4798 : /* For unary ops like ffs or popcount we want to determine the number of
4799 : nonzero bits from the operand. This only matters with very large
4800 : vector modes. A
4801 : (popcount:DI (V128BImode)
4802 : should not get a nonzero-bit mask of (1 << 7) - 1 as that could
4803 : lead to incorrect optimizations based on it, see PR123501. */
4804 1144967592 : unsigned int op_mode_width = mode_width;
4805 1144967592 : machine_mode op_mode = mode;
4806 1144967592 : if (UNARY_P (x))
4807 : {
4808 16106773 : const_rtx op = XEXP (x, 0);
4809 16106773 : if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (op)).is_constant ())
4810 : {
4811 16106773 : op_mode = GET_MODE (op);
4812 16106773 : op_mode_width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (op_mode).to_constant ();
4813 : }
4814 : }
4815 :
4816 1144967592 : if (CONST_INT_P (x))
4817 : {
4818 118047087 : if (SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
4819 : && INTVAL (x) > 0
4820 : && mode_width < BITS_PER_WORD
4821 : && (UINTVAL (x) & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (mode_width - 1))) != 0)
4822 : return UINTVAL (x) | (HOST_WIDE_INT_M1U << mode_width);
4823 :
4824 118047087 : return UINTVAL (x);
4825 : }
4826 :
4827 1026920505 : if (!is_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (x), &xmode))
4828 : return nonzero;
4829 1026589921 : unsigned int xmode_width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (xmode);
4830 :
4831 : /* If X is wider than MODE, use its mode instead. */
4832 1026589921 : if (xmode_width > mode_width)
4833 : {
4834 18649047 : mode = xmode;
4835 18649047 : nonzero = GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
4836 18649047 : mode_width = xmode_width;
4837 : }
4838 :
4839 1026589921 : if (mode_width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
4840 : /* Our only callers in this case look for single bit values. So
4841 : just return the mode mask. Those tests will then be false. */
4842 : return nonzero;
4843 :
4844 : /* If MODE is wider than X, but both are a single word for both the host
4845 : and target machines, we can compute this from which bits of the object
4846 : might be nonzero in its own mode, taking into account the fact that, on
4847 : CISC machines, accessing an object in a wider mode generally causes the
4848 : high-order bits to become undefined, so they are not known to be zero.
4849 : We extend this reasoning to RISC machines for operations that might not
4850 : operate on the full registers. */
4851 1025232040 : if (mode_width > xmode_width
4852 112185981 : && xmode_width <= BITS_PER_WORD
4853 : && xmode_width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
4854 : && !(WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS && word_register_operation_p (x)))
4855 : {
4856 95864398 : nonzero &= cached_nonzero_bits (x, xmode,
4857 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
4858 95864398 : nonzero |= GET_MODE_MASK (mode) & ~GET_MODE_MASK (xmode);
4859 95864398 : return nonzero;
4860 : }
4861 :
4862 : /* Please keep nonzero_bits_binary_arith_p above in sync with
4863 : the code in the switch below. */
4864 929367642 : switch (code)
4865 : {
4866 512512378 : case REG:
4867 : #if defined(POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED)
4868 : /* If pointers extend unsigned and this is a pointer in Pmode, say that
4869 : all the bits above ptr_mode are known to be zero. */
4870 : /* As we do not know which address space the pointer is referring to,
4871 : we can do this only if the target does not support different pointer
4872 : or address modes depending on the address space. */
4873 512512378 : if (target_default_pointer_address_modes_p ()
4874 : && POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
4875 575001945 : && xmode == Pmode
4876 325152151 : && REG_POINTER (x)
4877 598787638 : && !targetm.have_ptr_extend ())
4878 86275260 : nonzero &= GET_MODE_MASK (ptr_mode);
4879 : #endif
4880 :
4881 : /* Include declared information about alignment of pointers. */
4882 : /* ??? We don't properly preserve REG_POINTER changes across
4883 : pointer-to-integer casts, so we can't trust it except for
4884 : things that we know must be pointers. See execute/960116-1.c. */
4885 512512378 : if ((x == stack_pointer_rtx
4886 511512783 : || x == frame_pointer_rtx
4887 497203817 : || x == arg_pointer_rtx)
4888 527371078 : && REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (x)))
4889 : {
4890 15858295 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
4891 15858295 : = REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (x)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
4892 :
4893 : #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
4894 : /* If PUSH_ROUNDING is defined, it is possible for the
4895 : stack to be momentarily aligned only to that amount,
4896 : so we pick the least alignment. */
4897 15858295 : if (x == stack_pointer_rtx && targetm.calls.push_argument (0))
4898 : {
4899 775128 : poly_uint64 rounded_1 = PUSH_ROUNDING (poly_int64 (1));
4900 775128 : alignment = MIN (known_alignment (rounded_1), alignment);
4901 : }
4902 : #endif
4903 :
4904 15858295 : nonzero &= ~(alignment - 1);
4905 : }
4906 :
4907 512512378 : {
4908 512512378 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero_for_hook = nonzero;
4909 512512378 : rtx new_rtx = rtl_hooks.reg_nonzero_bits (x, xmode, mode,
4910 : &nonzero_for_hook);
4911 :
4912 512512378 : if (new_rtx)
4913 6 : nonzero_for_hook &= cached_nonzero_bits (new_rtx, mode, known_x,
4914 : known_mode, known_ret);
4915 :
4916 512512378 : return nonzero_for_hook;
4917 : }
4918 :
4919 : case MEM:
4920 : /* In many, if not most, RISC machines, reading a byte from memory
4921 : zeros the rest of the register. Noticing that fact saves a lot
4922 : of extra zero-extends. */
4923 : if (load_extend_op (xmode) == ZERO_EXTEND)
4924 : nonzero &= GET_MODE_MASK (xmode);
4925 : break;
4926 :
4927 9544661 : case EQ: case NE:
4928 9544661 : case UNEQ: case LTGT:
4929 9544661 : case GT: case GTU: case UNGT:
4930 9544661 : case LT: case LTU: case UNLT:
4931 9544661 : case GE: case GEU: case UNGE:
4932 9544661 : case LE: case LEU: case UNLE:
4933 9544661 : case UNORDERED: case ORDERED:
4934 : /* If this produces an integer result, we know which bits are set.
4935 : Code here used to clear bits outside the mode of X, but that is
4936 : now done above. */
4937 : /* Mind that MODE is the mode the caller wants to look at this
4938 : operation in, and not the actual operation mode. We can wind
4939 : up with (subreg:DI (gt:V4HI x y)), and we don't have anything
4940 : that describes the results of a vector compare. */
4941 9544661 : if (GET_MODE_CLASS (xmode) == MODE_INT
4942 9544661 : && mode_width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
4943 1144967592 : nonzero = STORE_FLAG_VALUE;
4944 : break;
4945 :
4946 1016606 : case NEG:
4947 : #if 0
4948 : /* Disabled to avoid exponential mutual recursion between nonzero_bits
4949 : and num_sign_bit_copies. */
4950 : if (num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), xmode) == xmode_width)
4951 : nonzero = 1;
4952 : #endif
4953 :
4954 1016606 : if (xmode_width < mode_width)
4955 0 : nonzero |= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) & ~GET_MODE_MASK (xmode));
4956 : break;
4957 :
4958 : case ABS:
4959 : #if 0
4960 : /* Disabled to avoid exponential mutual recursion between nonzero_bits
4961 : and num_sign_bit_copies. */
4962 : if (num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), xmode) == xmode_width)
4963 : nonzero = 1;
4964 : #endif
4965 : break;
4966 :
4967 9723 : case TRUNCATE:
4968 9723 : nonzero &= (cached_nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
4969 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret)
4970 9723 : & GET_MODE_MASK (mode));
4971 9723 : break;
4972 :
4973 6702521 : case ZERO_EXTEND:
4974 6702521 : nonzero &= cached_nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
4975 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
4976 6702521 : if (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != VOIDmode)
4977 6702521 : nonzero &= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)));
4978 : break;
4979 :
4980 1866340 : case SIGN_EXTEND:
4981 : /* If the sign bit is known clear, this is the same as ZERO_EXTEND.
4982 : Otherwise, show all the bits in the outer mode but not the inner
4983 : may be nonzero. */
4984 1866340 : inner_nz = cached_nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
4985 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
4986 1866340 : if (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != VOIDmode)
4987 : {
4988 1866340 : inner_nz &= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)));
4989 1866340 : if (val_signbit_known_set_p (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)), inner_nz))
4990 1828113 : inner_nz |= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode)
4991 1828113 : & ~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))));
4992 : }
4993 :
4994 1866340 : nonzero &= inner_nz;
4995 1866340 : break;
4996 :
4997 16298290 : case AND:
4998 16298290 : nonzero &= cached_nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
4999 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret)
5000 16298290 : & cached_nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 1), mode,
5001 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5002 16298290 : break;
5003 :
5004 10544438 : case XOR: case IOR:
5005 10544438 : case UMIN: case UMAX: case SMIN: case SMAX:
5006 10544438 : {
5007 10544438 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero0
5008 10544438 : = cached_nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5009 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5010 :
5011 : /* Don't call nonzero_bits for the second time if it cannot change
5012 : anything. */
5013 10544438 : if ((nonzero & nonzero0) != nonzero)
5014 9988822 : nonzero &= nonzero0
5015 4994411 : | cached_nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 1), mode,
5016 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5017 : }
5018 : break;
5019 :
5020 94156889 : case PLUS: case MINUS:
5021 94156889 : case MULT:
5022 94156889 : case DIV: case UDIV:
5023 94156889 : case MOD: case UMOD:
5024 : /* We can apply the rules of arithmetic to compute the number of
5025 : high- and low-order zero bits of these operations. We start by
5026 : computing the width (position of the highest-order nonzero bit)
5027 : and the number of low-order zero bits for each value. */
5028 94156889 : {
5029 94156889 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nz0
5030 94156889 : = cached_nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5031 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5032 94156889 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nz1
5033 94156889 : = cached_nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 1), mode,
5034 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5035 94156889 : int sign_index = xmode_width - 1;
5036 94156889 : int width0 = floor_log2 (nz0) + 1;
5037 94156889 : int width1 = floor_log2 (nz1) + 1;
5038 94156889 : int low0 = ctz_or_zero (nz0);
5039 94156889 : int low1 = ctz_or_zero (nz1);
5040 94156889 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT op0_maybe_minusp
5041 94156889 : = nz0 & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << sign_index);
5042 94156889 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT op1_maybe_minusp
5043 : = nz1 & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << sign_index);
5044 94156889 : unsigned int result_width = mode_width;
5045 94156889 : int result_low = 0;
5046 :
5047 94156889 : switch (code)
5048 : {
5049 69691892 : case PLUS:
5050 69691892 : result_width = MAX (width0, width1) + 1;
5051 69691892 : result_low = MIN (low0, low1);
5052 : break;
5053 15318289 : case MINUS:
5054 15318289 : result_low = MIN (low0, low1);
5055 : break;
5056 7379027 : case MULT:
5057 7379027 : result_width = width0 + width1;
5058 7379027 : result_low = low0 + low1;
5059 7379027 : break;
5060 676719 : case DIV:
5061 676719 : if (width1 == 0)
5062 : break;
5063 667009 : if (!op0_maybe_minusp && !op1_maybe_minusp)
5064 23091 : result_width = width0;
5065 : break;
5066 284409 : case UDIV:
5067 284409 : if (width1 == 0)
5068 : break;
5069 283541 : result_width = width0;
5070 283541 : break;
5071 411028 : case MOD:
5072 411028 : if (width1 == 0)
5073 : break;
5074 403696 : if (!op0_maybe_minusp && !op1_maybe_minusp)
5075 21341 : result_width = MIN (width0, width1);
5076 403696 : result_low = MIN (low0, low1);
5077 : break;
5078 395525 : case UMOD:
5079 395525 : if (width1 == 0)
5080 : break;
5081 395421 : result_width = MIN (width0, width1);
5082 395421 : result_low = MIN (low0, low1);
5083 : break;
5084 0 : default:
5085 0 : gcc_unreachable ();
5086 : }
5087 :
5088 : /* Note that mode_width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, see above. */
5089 94156889 : if (result_width < mode_width)
5090 4097722 : nonzero &= (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << result_width) - 1;
5091 :
5092 94156889 : if (result_low > 0)
5093 : {
5094 6888457 : if (result_low < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5095 6888445 : nonzero &= ~((HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << result_low) - 1);
5096 : else
5097 : nonzero = 0;
5098 : }
5099 : }
5100 : break;
5101 :
5102 1179581 : case ZERO_EXTRACT:
5103 1179581 : if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
5104 1179204 : && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5105 1179021 : nonzero &= (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))) - 1;
5106 : break;
5107 :
5108 75933572 : case SUBREG:
5109 : /* If this is a SUBREG formed for a promoted variable that has
5110 : been zero-extended, we know that at least the high-order bits
5111 : are zero, though others might be too. */
5112 75933572 : if (SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x) && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (x))
5113 39362 : nonzero = GET_MODE_MASK (xmode)
5114 39362 : & cached_nonzero_bits (SUBREG_REG (x), xmode,
5115 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5116 :
5117 : /* If the inner mode is a single word for both the host and target
5118 : machines, we can compute this from which bits of the inner
5119 : object might be nonzero. */
5120 75933572 : inner_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x));
5121 75933572 : if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (inner_mode).is_constant (&inner_width)
5122 81078015 : && inner_width <= BITS_PER_WORD
5123 : && inner_width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5124 : {
5125 71813491 : nonzero &= cached_nonzero_bits (SUBREG_REG (x), mode,
5126 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5127 :
5128 : /* On a typical CISC machine, accessing an object in a wider mode
5129 : causes the high-order bits to become undefined. So they are
5130 : not known to be zero.
5131 :
5132 : On a typical RISC machine, we only have to worry about the way
5133 : loads are extended. Otherwise, if we get a reload for the inner
5134 : part, it may be loaded from the stack, and then we may lose all
5135 : the zero bits that existed before the store to the stack. */
5136 71813491 : rtx_code extend_op;
5137 71813491 : if ((!WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
5138 : || ((extend_op = load_extend_op (inner_mode)) == SIGN_EXTEND
5139 : ? val_signbit_known_set_p (inner_mode, nonzero)
5140 : : extend_op != ZERO_EXTEND)
5141 : || !MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (x)))
5142 : && xmode_width > inner_width)
5143 54803021 : nonzero
5144 54803021 : |= (GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (x)) & ~GET_MODE_MASK (inner_mode));
5145 : }
5146 : break;
5147 :
5148 56183641 : case ASHIFT:
5149 56183641 : case ASHIFTRT:
5150 56183641 : case LSHIFTRT:
5151 56183641 : case ROTATE:
5152 56183641 : case ROTATERT:
5153 : /* The nonzero bits are in two classes: any bits within MODE
5154 : that aren't in xmode are always significant. The rest of the
5155 : nonzero bits are those that are significant in the operand of
5156 : the shift when shifted the appropriate number of bits. This
5157 : shows that high-order bits are cleared by the right shift and
5158 : low-order bits by left shifts. */
5159 56183641 : if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
5160 54641552 : && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0
5161 54641406 : && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
5162 54641318 : && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < xmode_width)
5163 : {
5164 54641247 : int count = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
5165 54641247 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mode_mask = GET_MODE_MASK (xmode);
5166 54641247 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT op_nonzero
5167 54641247 : = cached_nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5168 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5169 54641247 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT inner = op_nonzero & mode_mask;
5170 54641247 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT outer = 0;
5171 :
5172 54641247 : if (mode_width > xmode_width)
5173 0 : outer = (op_nonzero & nonzero & ~mode_mask);
5174 :
5175 54641247 : switch (code)
5176 : {
5177 31727454 : case ASHIFT:
5178 31727454 : inner <<= count;
5179 31727454 : break;
5180 :
5181 14605379 : case LSHIFTRT:
5182 14605379 : inner >>= count;
5183 14605379 : break;
5184 :
5185 8194410 : case ASHIFTRT:
5186 8194410 : inner >>= count;
5187 :
5188 : /* If the sign bit may have been nonzero before the shift, we
5189 : need to mark all the places it could have been copied to
5190 : by the shift as possibly nonzero. */
5191 8194410 : if (inner & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (xmode_width - 1 - count)))
5192 8180391 : inner |= (((HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << count) - 1)
5193 8180391 : << (xmode_width - count));
5194 : break;
5195 :
5196 72608 : case ROTATE:
5197 72608 : inner = (inner << (count % xmode_width)
5198 72608 : | (inner >> (xmode_width - (count % xmode_width))))
5199 : & mode_mask;
5200 72608 : break;
5201 :
5202 41396 : case ROTATERT:
5203 41396 : inner = (inner >> (count % xmode_width)
5204 41396 : | (inner << (xmode_width - (count % xmode_width))))
5205 : & mode_mask;
5206 41396 : break;
5207 :
5208 : default:
5209 : gcc_unreachable ();
5210 : }
5211 :
5212 54641247 : nonzero &= (outer | inner);
5213 : }
5214 : break;
5215 :
5216 5084 : case FFS:
5217 5084 : case POPCOUNT:
5218 : /* This is at most the number of bits in the mode. */
5219 5084 : nonzero = (HOST_WIDE_INT_UC (2) << (floor_log2 (op_mode_width))) - 1;
5220 5084 : break;
5221 :
5222 797927 : case CLZ:
5223 : /* If CLZ has a known value at zero, then the nonzero bits are
5224 : that value, plus the number of bits in the mode minus one.
5225 : If we have a different operand mode, don't try to get nonzero
5226 : bits as currently nonzero is not a poly_int. */
5227 797927 : if (op_mode == mode
5228 1595842 : && CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, nonzero))
5229 1147 : nonzero
5230 2294 : |= (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (floor_log2 (mode_width))) - 1;
5231 : else
5232 : nonzero = -1;
5233 : break;
5234 :
5235 47196 : case CTZ:
5236 : /* If CTZ has a known value at zero, then the nonzero bits are
5237 : that value, plus the number of bits in the mode minus one.
5238 : See above for op_mode != mode. */
5239 47196 : if (op_mode == mode
5240 94392 : && CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, nonzero))
5241 1363 : nonzero
5242 2726 : |= (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (floor_log2 (mode_width))) - 1;
5243 : else
5244 : nonzero = -1;
5245 : break;
5246 :
5247 8 : case CLRSB:
5248 : /* This is at most the number of bits in the mode minus 1. */
5249 8 : nonzero = (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (floor_log2 (op_mode_width))) - 1;
5250 8 : break;
5251 :
5252 : case PARITY:
5253 1144967592 : nonzero = 1;
5254 : break;
5255 :
5256 3817654 : case IF_THEN_ELSE:
5257 3817654 : {
5258 3817654 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero_true
5259 3817654 : = cached_nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 1), mode,
5260 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5261 :
5262 : /* Don't call nonzero_bits for the second time if it cannot change
5263 : anything. */
5264 3817654 : if ((nonzero & nonzero_true) != nonzero)
5265 3142478 : nonzero &= nonzero_true
5266 1571239 : | cached_nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 2), mode,
5267 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5268 : }
5269 : break;
5270 :
5271 : default:
5272 : break;
5273 : }
5274 :
5275 : return nonzero;
5276 : }
5277 :
5278 : /* See the macro definition above. */
5279 : #undef cached_num_sign_bit_copies
5280 :
5281 :
5282 : /* Return true if num_sign_bit_copies1 might recurse into both operands
5283 : of X. */
5284 :
5285 : static inline bool
5286 442691519 : num_sign_bit_copies_binary_arith_p (const_rtx x)
5287 : {
5288 442691519 : if (!ARITHMETIC_P (x))
5289 : return false;
5290 80311656 : switch (GET_CODE (x))
5291 : {
5292 : case IOR:
5293 : case AND:
5294 : case XOR:
5295 : case SMIN:
5296 : case SMAX:
5297 : case UMIN:
5298 : case UMAX:
5299 : case PLUS:
5300 : case MINUS:
5301 : case MULT:
5302 : return true;
5303 : default:
5304 : return false;
5305 : }
5306 : }
5307 :
5308 : /* The function cached_num_sign_bit_copies is a wrapper around
5309 : num_sign_bit_copies1. It avoids exponential behavior in
5310 : num_sign_bit_copies1 when X has identical subexpressions on the
5311 : first or the second level. */
5312 :
5313 : static unsigned int
5314 346551149 : cached_num_sign_bit_copies (const_rtx x, scalar_int_mode mode,
5315 : const_rtx known_x, machine_mode known_mode,
5316 : unsigned int known_ret)
5317 : {
5318 346551149 : if (x == known_x && mode == known_mode)
5319 : return known_ret;
5320 :
5321 : /* Try to find identical subexpressions. If found call
5322 : num_sign_bit_copies1 on X with the subexpressions as KNOWN_X and
5323 : the precomputed value for the subexpression as KNOWN_RET. */
5324 :
5325 344784952 : if (num_sign_bit_copies_binary_arith_p (x))
5326 : {
5327 49346241 : rtx x0 = XEXP (x, 0);
5328 49346241 : rtx x1 = XEXP (x, 1);
5329 :
5330 : /* Check the first level. */
5331 49346241 : if (x0 == x1)
5332 17248 : return
5333 17248 : num_sign_bit_copies1 (x, mode, x0, mode,
5334 : cached_num_sign_bit_copies (x0, mode, known_x,
5335 : known_mode,
5336 17248 : known_ret));
5337 :
5338 : /* Check the second level. */
5339 49328993 : if (num_sign_bit_copies_binary_arith_p (x0)
5340 49328993 : && (x1 == XEXP (x0, 0) || x1 == XEXP (x0, 1)))
5341 751419 : return
5342 751419 : num_sign_bit_copies1 (x, mode, x1, mode,
5343 : cached_num_sign_bit_copies (x1, mode, known_x,
5344 : known_mode,
5345 751419 : known_ret));
5346 :
5347 48577574 : if (num_sign_bit_copies_binary_arith_p (x1)
5348 48577574 : && (x0 == XEXP (x1, 0) || x0 == XEXP (x1, 1)))
5349 414 : return
5350 414 : num_sign_bit_copies1 (x, mode, x0, mode,
5351 : cached_num_sign_bit_copies (x0, mode, known_x,
5352 : known_mode,
5353 414 : known_ret));
5354 : }
5355 :
5356 344015871 : return num_sign_bit_copies1 (x, mode, known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5357 : }
5358 :
5359 : /* Return the number of bits at the high-order end of X that are known to
5360 : be equal to the sign bit. X will be used in mode MODE. The returned
5361 : value will always be between 1 and the number of bits in MODE. */
5362 :
5363 : static unsigned int
5364 344784952 : num_sign_bit_copies1 (const_rtx x, scalar_int_mode mode, const_rtx known_x,
5365 : machine_mode known_mode,
5366 : unsigned int known_ret)
5367 : {
5368 344784952 : enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
5369 344784952 : unsigned int bitwidth = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
5370 344784952 : int num0, num1, result;
5371 344784952 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero;
5372 :
5373 344784952 : if (CONST_INT_P (x))
5374 : {
5375 : /* If the constant is negative, take its 1's complement and remask.
5376 : Then see how many zero bits we have. */
5377 44276695 : nonzero = UINTVAL (x) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
5378 44276695 : if (bitwidth <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
5379 43974081 : && (nonzero & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0)
5380 19468280 : nonzero = (~nonzero) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
5381 :
5382 44276695 : return (nonzero == 0 ? bitwidth : bitwidth - floor_log2 (nonzero) - 1);
5383 : }
5384 :
5385 300508257 : scalar_int_mode xmode, inner_mode;
5386 505737158 : if (!is_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (x), &xmode))
5387 : return 1;
5388 :
5389 300175178 : unsigned int xmode_width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (xmode);
5390 :
5391 : /* For a smaller mode, just ignore the high bits. */
5392 300175178 : if (bitwidth < xmode_width)
5393 : {
5394 37884 : num0 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (x, xmode,
5395 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5396 37884 : return MAX (1, num0 - (int) (xmode_width - bitwidth));
5397 : }
5398 :
5399 300137294 : if (bitwidth > xmode_width)
5400 : {
5401 : /* If this machine does not do all register operations on the entire
5402 : register and MODE is wider than the mode of X, we can say nothing
5403 : at all about the high-order bits. We extend this reasoning to RISC
5404 : machines for operations that might not operate on full registers. */
5405 : if (!(WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS && word_register_operation_p (x)))
5406 : return 1;
5407 :
5408 : /* Likewise on machines that do, if the mode of the object is smaller
5409 : than a word and loads of that size don't sign extend, we can say
5410 : nothing about the high order bits. */
5411 : if (xmode_width < BITS_PER_WORD
5412 : && load_extend_op (xmode) != SIGN_EXTEND)
5413 : return 1;
5414 : }
5415 :
5416 : /* Please keep num_sign_bit_copies_binary_arith_p above in sync with
5417 : the code in the switch below. */
5418 300137282 : switch (code)
5419 : {
5420 157114776 : case REG:
5421 :
5422 : #if defined(POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED)
5423 : /* If pointers extend signed and this is a pointer in Pmode, say that
5424 : all the bits above ptr_mode are known to be sign bit copies. */
5425 : /* As we do not know which address space the pointer is referring to,
5426 : we can do this only if the target does not support different pointer
5427 : or address modes depending on the address space. */
5428 157114776 : if (target_default_pointer_address_modes_p ()
5429 : && ! POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED && xmode == Pmode
5430 : && mode == Pmode && REG_POINTER (x)
5431 : && !targetm.have_ptr_extend ())
5432 : return GET_MODE_PRECISION (Pmode) - GET_MODE_PRECISION (ptr_mode) + 1;
5433 : #endif
5434 :
5435 157114776 : {
5436 157114776 : unsigned int copies_for_hook = 1, copies = 1;
5437 157114776 : rtx new_rtx = rtl_hooks.reg_num_sign_bit_copies (x, xmode, mode,
5438 : &copies_for_hook);
5439 :
5440 157114776 : if (new_rtx)
5441 5 : copies = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (new_rtx, mode, known_x,
5442 : known_mode, known_ret);
5443 :
5444 157114776 : if (copies > 1 || copies_for_hook > 1)
5445 22548585 : return MAX (copies, copies_for_hook);
5446 :
5447 : /* Else, use nonzero_bits to guess num_sign_bit_copies (see below). */
5448 : }
5449 134566191 : break;
5450 :
5451 : case MEM:
5452 : /* Some RISC machines sign-extend all loads of smaller than a word. */
5453 : if (load_extend_op (xmode) == SIGN_EXTEND)
5454 : return MAX (1, ((int) bitwidth - (int) xmode_width + 1));
5455 : break;
5456 :
5457 19964268 : case SUBREG:
5458 : /* If this is a SUBREG for a promoted object that is sign-extended
5459 : and we are looking at it in a wider mode, we know that at least the
5460 : high-order bits are known to be sign bit copies. */
5461 :
5462 19964268 : if (SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x) && SUBREG_PROMOTED_SIGNED_P (x))
5463 : {
5464 0 : num0 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (SUBREG_REG (x), mode,
5465 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5466 0 : return MAX ((int) bitwidth - (int) xmode_width + 1, num0);
5467 : }
5468 :
5469 19964268 : if (is_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)), &inner_mode))
5470 : {
5471 : /* For a smaller object, just ignore the high bits. */
5472 19758582 : if (bitwidth <= GET_MODE_PRECISION (inner_mode))
5473 : {
5474 6232483 : num0 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (SUBREG_REG (x), inner_mode,
5475 : known_x, known_mode,
5476 : known_ret);
5477 6232483 : return MAX (1, num0 - (int) (GET_MODE_PRECISION (inner_mode)
5478 : - bitwidth));
5479 : }
5480 :
5481 : /* For paradoxical SUBREGs on machines where all register operations
5482 : affect the entire register, just look inside. Note that we are
5483 : passing MODE to the recursive call, so the number of sign bit
5484 : copies will remain relative to that mode, not the inner mode.
5485 :
5486 : This works only if loads sign extend. Otherwise, if we get a
5487 : reload for the inner part, it may be loaded from the stack, and
5488 : then we lose all sign bit copies that existed before the store
5489 : to the stack. */
5490 : if (WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
5491 : && load_extend_op (inner_mode) == SIGN_EXTEND
5492 : && paradoxical_subreg_p (x)
5493 : && MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (x)))
5494 : return cached_num_sign_bit_copies (SUBREG_REG (x), mode,
5495 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5496 : }
5497 : break;
5498 :
5499 2819 : case SIGN_EXTRACT:
5500 2819 : if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
5501 2819 : return MAX (1, (int) bitwidth - INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
5502 : break;
5503 :
5504 1877367 : case SIGN_EXTEND:
5505 1877367 : if (is_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)), &inner_mode))
5506 1877367 : return (bitwidth - GET_MODE_PRECISION (inner_mode)
5507 1877367 : + cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), inner_mode,
5508 1877367 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret));
5509 : break;
5510 :
5511 86 : case TRUNCATE:
5512 : /* For a smaller object, just ignore the high bits. */
5513 86 : inner_mode = as_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)));
5514 86 : num0 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), inner_mode,
5515 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5516 86 : return MAX (1, (num0 - (int) (GET_MODE_PRECISION (inner_mode)
5517 : - bitwidth)));
5518 :
5519 1055151 : case NOT:
5520 1055151 : return cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5521 1055151 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5522 :
5523 21186 : case ROTATE: case ROTATERT:
5524 : /* If we are rotating left by a number of bits less than the number
5525 : of sign bit copies, we can just subtract that amount from the
5526 : number. */
5527 21186 : if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
5528 11800 : && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0
5529 11797 : && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < (int) bitwidth)
5530 : {
5531 11797 : num0 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5532 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5533 11797 : return MAX (1, num0 - (code == ROTATE ? INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))
5534 : : (int) bitwidth - INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))));
5535 : }
5536 : break;
5537 :
5538 764446 : case NEG:
5539 : /* In general, this subtracts one sign bit copy. But if the value
5540 : is known to be positive, the number of sign bit copies is the
5541 : same as that of the input. Finally, if the input has just one bit
5542 : that might be nonzero, all the bits are copies of the sign bit. */
5543 764446 : num0 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5544 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5545 764446 : if (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5546 28338 : return num0 > 1 ? num0 - 1 : 1;
5547 :
5548 736108 : nonzero = nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
5549 736108 : if (nonzero == 1)
5550 : return bitwidth;
5551 :
5552 342232 : if (num0 > 1
5553 87600 : && ((HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1)) & nonzero))
5554 45889 : num0--;
5555 :
5556 342232 : return num0;
5557 :
5558 5765345 : case IOR: case AND: case XOR:
5559 5765345 : case SMIN: case SMAX: case UMIN: case UMAX:
5560 : /* Logical operations will preserve the number of sign-bit copies.
5561 : MIN and MAX operations always return one of the operands. */
5562 5765345 : num0 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5563 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5564 5765345 : num1 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 1), mode,
5565 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5566 :
5567 : /* If num1 is clearing some of the top bits then regardless of
5568 : the other term, we are guaranteed to have at least that many
5569 : high-order zero bits. */
5570 5765345 : if (code == AND
5571 5765345 : && num1 > 1
5572 2297399 : && bitwidth <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
5573 2287005 : && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
5574 2088901 : && (UINTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))
5575 2088901 : & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1))) == 0)
5576 : return num1;
5577 :
5578 : /* Similarly for IOR when setting high-order bits. */
5579 4240218 : if (code == IOR
5580 4240218 : && num1 > 1
5581 472710 : && bitwidth <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
5582 471163 : && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
5583 140523 : && (UINTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))
5584 140523 : & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0)
5585 : return num1;
5586 :
5587 4236089 : return MIN (num0, num1);
5588 :
5589 42293787 : case PLUS: case MINUS:
5590 : /* For addition and subtraction, we can have a 1-bit carry. However,
5591 : if we are subtracting 1 from a positive number, there will not
5592 : be such a carry. Furthermore, if the positive number is known to
5593 : be 0 or 1, we know the result is either -1 or 0. */
5594 :
5595 42293787 : if (code == PLUS && XEXP (x, 1) == constm1_rtx
5596 1326087 : && bitwidth <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5597 : {
5598 1321235 : nonzero = nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode);
5599 1321235 : if (((HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1)) & nonzero) == 0)
5600 108477 : return (nonzero == 1 || nonzero == 0 ? bitwidth
5601 102761 : : bitwidth - floor_log2 (nonzero) - 1);
5602 : }
5603 :
5604 42185310 : num0 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5605 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5606 42185310 : num1 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 1), mode,
5607 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5608 42185310 : result = MAX (1, MIN (num0, num1) - 1);
5609 :
5610 42185310 : return result;
5611 :
5612 1286749 : case MULT:
5613 : /* The number of bits of the product is the sum of the number of
5614 : bits of both terms. However, unless one of the terms if known
5615 : to be positive, we must allow for an additional bit since negating
5616 : a negative number can remove one sign bit copy. */
5617 :
5618 1286749 : num0 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5619 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5620 1286749 : num1 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 1), mode,
5621 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5622 :
5623 1286749 : result = bitwidth - (bitwidth - num0) - (bitwidth - num1);
5624 1286749 : if (result > 0
5625 1286749 : && (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
5626 331745 : || (((nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode)
5627 331745 : & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0)
5628 181042 : && ((nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 1), mode)
5629 : & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1)))
5630 181042 : != 0))))
5631 30857 : result--;
5632 :
5633 1286749 : return MAX (1, result);
5634 :
5635 121956 : case UDIV:
5636 : /* The result must be <= the first operand. If the first operand
5637 : has the high bit set, we know nothing about the number of sign
5638 : bit copies. */
5639 121956 : if (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5640 : return 1;
5641 121956 : else if ((nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 0), mode)
5642 121956 : & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0)
5643 : return 1;
5644 : else
5645 22847 : return cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5646 22847 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5647 :
5648 118704 : case UMOD:
5649 : /* The result must be <= the second operand. If the second operand
5650 : has (or just might have) the high bit set, we know nothing about
5651 : the number of sign bit copies. */
5652 118704 : if (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5653 : return 1;
5654 118704 : else if ((nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 1), mode)
5655 118704 : & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0)
5656 : return 1;
5657 : else
5658 30943 : return cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 1), mode,
5659 30943 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5660 :
5661 210836 : case DIV:
5662 : /* Similar to unsigned division, except that we have to worry about
5663 : the case where the divisor is negative, in which case we have
5664 : to add 1. */
5665 210836 : result = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5666 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5667 210836 : if (result > 1
5668 210836 : && (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
5669 17820 : || (nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 1), mode)
5670 17820 : & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0))
5671 15272 : result--;
5672 :
5673 210836 : return result;
5674 :
5675 133232 : case MOD:
5676 133232 : result = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 1), mode,
5677 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5678 133232 : if (result > 1
5679 133232 : && (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
5680 22935 : || (nonzero_bits (XEXP (x, 1), mode)
5681 22935 : & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0))
5682 10116 : result--;
5683 :
5684 133232 : return result;
5685 :
5686 942355 : case ASHIFTRT:
5687 : /* Shifts by a constant add to the number of bits equal to the
5688 : sign bit. */
5689 942355 : num0 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5690 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5691 942355 : if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
5692 902899 : && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) > 0
5693 902899 : && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < xmode_width)
5694 902899 : num0 = MIN ((int) bitwidth, num0 + INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
5695 :
5696 942355 : return num0;
5697 :
5698 8926318 : case ASHIFT:
5699 : /* Left shifts destroy copies. */
5700 8926318 : if (!CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
5701 8730708 : || INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < 0
5702 8730564 : || INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= (int) bitwidth
5703 8730522 : || INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= xmode_width)
5704 : return 1;
5705 :
5706 8730522 : num0 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 0), mode,
5707 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5708 8730522 : return MAX (1, num0 - INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
5709 :
5710 764398 : case IF_THEN_ELSE:
5711 764398 : num0 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 1), mode,
5712 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5713 764398 : num1 = cached_num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (x, 2), mode,
5714 : known_x, known_mode, known_ret);
5715 764398 : return MIN (num0, num1);
5716 :
5717 2340404 : case EQ: case NE: case GE: case GT: case LE: case LT:
5718 2340404 : case UNEQ: case LTGT: case UNGE: case UNGT: case UNLE: case UNLT:
5719 2340404 : case GEU: case GTU: case LEU: case LTU:
5720 2340404 : case UNORDERED: case ORDERED:
5721 : /* If the constant is negative, take its 1's complement and remask.
5722 : Then see how many zero bits we have. */
5723 2340404 : nonzero = STORE_FLAG_VALUE;
5724 2340404 : if (bitwidth <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
5725 2340404 : && (nonzero & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1))) != 0)
5726 0 : nonzero = (~nonzero) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
5727 :
5728 2340404 : return (nonzero == 0 ? bitwidth : bitwidth - floor_log2 (nonzero) - 1);
5729 :
5730 : default:
5731 : break;
5732 : }
5733 :
5734 : /* If we haven't been able to figure it out by one of the above rules,
5735 : see if some of the high-order bits are known to be zero. If so,
5736 : count those bits and return one less than that amount. If we can't
5737 : safely compute the mask for this mode, always return BITWIDTH. */
5738 :
5739 204740464 : bitwidth = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
5740 204740464 : if (bitwidth > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5741 : return 1;
5742 :
5743 198886885 : nonzero = nonzero_bits (x, mode);
5744 198886885 : return nonzero & (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (bitwidth - 1))
5745 204027950 : ? 1 : bitwidth - floor_log2 (nonzero) - 1;
5746 : }
5747 :
5748 : /* Calculate the rtx_cost of a single instruction pattern. A return value of
5749 : zero indicates an instruction pattern without a known cost. */
5750 :
5751 : int
5752 150583992 : pattern_cost (rtx pat, bool speed)
5753 : {
5754 150583992 : int i, cost;
5755 150583992 : rtx set;
5756 :
5757 : /* Extract the single set rtx from the instruction pattern. We
5758 : can't use single_set since we only have the pattern. We also
5759 : consider PARALLELs of a normal set and a single comparison. In
5760 : that case we use the cost of the non-comparison SET operation,
5761 : which is most-likely to be the real cost of this operation. */
5762 150583992 : if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET)
5763 : set = pat;
5764 66995052 : else if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
5765 : {
5766 : set = NULL_RTX;
5767 : rtx comparison = NULL_RTX;
5768 :
5769 46199557 : for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (pat, 0); i++)
5770 : {
5771 31081413 : rtx x = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i);
5772 31081413 : if (GET_CODE (x) == SET)
5773 : {
5774 15719460 : if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == COMPARE
5775 15443901 : || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (x))) == MODE_CC)
5776 : {
5777 341899 : if (comparison)
5778 : return 0;
5779 : comparison = x;
5780 : }
5781 : else
5782 : {
5783 15377561 : if (set)
5784 : return 0;
5785 : set = x;
5786 : }
5787 : }
5788 : }
5789 :
5790 15118144 : if (!set && comparison)
5791 : set = comparison;
5792 :
5793 14971504 : if (!set)
5794 : return 0;
5795 : }
5796 : else
5797 : return 0;
5798 :
5799 98634489 : cost = set_src_cost (SET_SRC (set), GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set)), speed);
5800 98634489 : return MAX (COSTS_N_INSNS (1), cost);
5801 : }
5802 :
5803 : /* Calculate the cost of a single instruction. A return value of zero
5804 : indicates an instruction pattern without a known cost. */
5805 :
5806 : int
5807 148450269 : insn_cost (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed)
5808 : {
5809 148450269 : if (targetm.insn_cost)
5810 148450269 : return targetm.insn_cost (insn, speed);
5811 :
5812 0 : return pattern_cost (PATTERN (insn), speed);
5813 : }
5814 :
5815 : /* Returns estimate on cost of computing SEQ. */
5816 :
5817 : unsigned
5818 2076302 : seq_cost (const rtx_insn *seq, bool speed)
5819 : {
5820 2076302 : unsigned cost = 0;
5821 2076302 : rtx set;
5822 :
5823 5442365 : for (; seq; seq = NEXT_INSN (seq))
5824 : {
5825 3366063 : set = single_set (seq);
5826 3366063 : if (set)
5827 3357699 : cost += set_rtx_cost (set, speed);
5828 8364 : else if (NONDEBUG_INSN_P (seq))
5829 : {
5830 8031 : int this_cost = insn_cost (const_cast<struct rtx_insn *> (seq),
5831 : speed);
5832 8031 : if (this_cost > 0)
5833 698 : cost += this_cost;
5834 : else
5835 7333 : cost++;
5836 : }
5837 : }
5838 :
5839 2076302 : return cost;
5840 : }
5841 :
5842 : /* Given an insn INSN and condition COND, return the condition in a
5843 : canonical form to simplify testing by callers. Specifically:
5844 :
5845 : (1) The code will always be a comparison operation (EQ, NE, GT, etc.).
5846 : (2) Both operands will be machine operands.
5847 : (3) If an operand is a constant, it will be the second operand.
5848 : (4) (LE x const) will be replaced with (LT x <const+1>) and similarly
5849 : for GE, GEU, and LEU.
5850 :
5851 : If the condition cannot be understood, or is an inequality floating-point
5852 : comparison which needs to be reversed, 0 will be returned.
5853 :
5854 : If REVERSE is nonzero, then reverse the condition prior to canonizing it.
5855 :
5856 : If EARLIEST is nonzero, it is a pointer to a place where the earliest
5857 : insn used in locating the condition was found. If a replacement test
5858 : of the condition is desired, it should be placed in front of that
5859 : insn and we will be sure that the inputs are still valid.
5860 :
5861 : If WANT_REG is nonzero, we wish the condition to be relative to that
5862 : register, if possible. Therefore, do not canonicalize the condition
5863 : further. If ALLOW_CC_MODE is nonzero, allow the condition returned
5864 : to be a compare to a CC mode register.
5865 :
5866 : If VALID_AT_INSN_P, the condition must be valid at both *EARLIEST
5867 : and at INSN. */
5868 :
5869 : rtx
5870 37966063 : canonicalize_condition (rtx_insn *insn, rtx cond, int reverse,
5871 : rtx_insn **earliest,
5872 : rtx want_reg, int allow_cc_mode, int valid_at_insn_p)
5873 : {
5874 37966063 : enum rtx_code code;
5875 37966063 : rtx_insn *prev = insn;
5876 37966063 : const_rtx set;
5877 37966063 : rtx tem;
5878 37966063 : rtx op0, op1;
5879 37966063 : int reverse_code = 0;
5880 37966063 : machine_mode mode;
5881 37966063 : basic_block bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn);
5882 :
5883 37966063 : code = GET_CODE (cond);
5884 37966063 : mode = GET_MODE (cond);
5885 37966063 : op0 = XEXP (cond, 0);
5886 37966063 : op1 = XEXP (cond, 1);
5887 :
5888 37966063 : if (reverse)
5889 1892027 : code = reversed_comparison_code (cond, insn);
5890 37966063 : if (code == UNKNOWN)
5891 : return 0;
5892 :
5893 37966063 : if (earliest)
5894 18184859 : *earliest = insn;
5895 :
5896 : /* If we are comparing a register with zero, see if the register is set
5897 : in the previous insn to a COMPARE or a comparison operation. Perform
5898 : the same tests as a function of STORE_FLAG_VALUE as find_comparison_args
5899 : in cse.cc */
5900 :
5901 80795718 : while ((GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_COMPARE
5902 : || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_COMM_COMPARE)
5903 80795718 : && op1 == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (op0))
5904 141694032 : && op0 != want_reg)
5905 : {
5906 : /* Set nonzero when we find something of interest. */
5907 60898314 : rtx x = 0;
5908 :
5909 : /* If this is a COMPARE, pick up the two things being compared. */
5910 60898314 : if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE)
5911 : {
5912 0 : op1 = XEXP (op0, 1);
5913 0 : op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
5914 0 : continue;
5915 : }
5916 60898314 : else if (!REG_P (op0))
5917 : break;
5918 :
5919 : /* Go back to the previous insn. Stop if it is not an INSN. We also
5920 : stop if it isn't a single set or if it has a REG_INC note because
5921 : we don't want to bother dealing with it. */
5922 :
5923 55866095 : prev = prev_nonnote_nondebug_insn (prev);
5924 :
5925 55866095 : if (prev == 0
5926 55763781 : || !NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev)
5927 : || FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (prev, NULL_RTX)
5928 : /* In cfglayout mode, there do not have to be labels at the
5929 : beginning of a block, or jumps at the end, so the previous
5930 : conditions would not stop us when we reach bb boundary. */
5931 106517378 : || BLOCK_FOR_INSN (prev) != bb)
5932 : break;
5933 :
5934 50550490 : set = set_of (op0, prev);
5935 :
5936 50550490 : if (set
5937 50550490 : && (GET_CODE (set) != SET
5938 43823560 : || !rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set), op0)))
5939 : break;
5940 :
5941 : /* If this is setting OP0, get what it sets it to if it looks
5942 : relevant. */
5943 50448009 : if (set)
5944 : {
5945 43721079 : machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set));
5946 : #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
5947 : REAL_VALUE_TYPE fsfv;
5948 : #endif
5949 :
5950 : /* ??? We may not combine comparisons done in a CCmode with
5951 : comparisons not done in a CCmode. This is to aid targets
5952 : like Alpha that have an IEEE compliant EQ instruction, and
5953 : a non-IEEE compliant BEQ instruction. The use of CCmode is
5954 : actually artificial, simply to prevent the combination, but
5955 : should not affect other platforms.
5956 :
5957 : However, we must allow VOIDmode comparisons to match either
5958 : CCmode or non-CCmode comparison, because some ports have
5959 : modeless comparisons inside branch patterns.
5960 :
5961 : ??? This mode check should perhaps look more like the mode check
5962 : in simplify_comparison in combine. */
5963 43721079 : if (((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC)
5964 43721079 : != (GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_CC))
5965 37307062 : && mode != VOIDmode
5966 0 : && inner_mode != VOIDmode)
5967 : break;
5968 43721079 : if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == COMPARE
5969 43721079 : || (((code == NE
5970 4709210 : || (code == LT
5971 156003 : && val_signbit_known_set_p (inner_mode,
5972 : STORE_FLAG_VALUE))
5973 : #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
5974 : || (code == LT
5975 : && SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (inner_mode)
5976 : && (fsfv = FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (inner_mode),
5977 : REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (fsfv)))
5978 : #endif
5979 : ))
5980 2816315 : && COMPARISON_P (SET_SRC (set))))
5981 36504621 : x = SET_SRC (set);
5982 7216458 : else if (((code == EQ
5983 3988074 : || (code == GE
5984 130105 : && val_signbit_known_set_p (inner_mode,
5985 : STORE_FLAG_VALUE))
5986 : #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
5987 : || (code == GE
5988 : && SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (inner_mode)
5989 : && (fsfv = FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (inner_mode),
5990 : REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (fsfv)))
5991 : #endif
5992 : ))
5993 7216458 : && COMPARISON_P (SET_SRC (set)))
5994 : {
5995 : reverse_code = 1;
5996 : x = SET_SRC (set);
5997 : }
5998 6887591 : else if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
5999 5406765 : && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == XOR)
6000 : /* Handle sequences like:
6001 :
6002 : (set op0 (xor X Y))
6003 : ...(eq|ne op0 (const_int 0))...
6004 :
6005 : in which case:
6006 :
6007 : (eq op0 (const_int 0)) reduces to (eq X Y)
6008 : (ne op0 (const_int 0)) reduces to (ne X Y)
6009 :
6010 : This is the form used by MIPS16, for example. */
6011 : x = SET_SRC (set);
6012 : else
6013 : break;
6014 : }
6015 :
6016 6726930 : else if (reg_set_p (op0, prev))
6017 : /* If this sets OP0, but not directly, we have to give up. */
6018 : break;
6019 :
6020 43568545 : if (x)
6021 : {
6022 : /* If the caller is expecting the condition to be valid at INSN,
6023 : make sure X doesn't change before INSN. */
6024 36841615 : if (valid_at_insn_p)
6025 23447011 : if (modified_in_p (x, prev) || modified_between_p (x, prev, insn))
6026 : break;
6027 36102725 : if (COMPARISON_P (x))
6028 130676 : code = GET_CODE (x);
6029 36102725 : if (reverse_code)
6030 : {
6031 84745 : code = reversed_comparison_code (x, prev);
6032 84745 : if (code == UNKNOWN)
6033 : return 0;
6034 : reverse_code = 0;
6035 : }
6036 :
6037 36102725 : op0 = XEXP (x, 0), op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
6038 36102725 : if (earliest)
6039 17540448 : *earliest = prev;
6040 : }
6041 : }
6042 :
6043 : /* If constant is first, put it last. */
6044 37966063 : if (CONSTANT_P (op0))
6045 21207 : code = swap_condition (code), tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
6046 :
6047 : /* If OP0 is the result of a comparison, we weren't able to find what
6048 : was really being compared, so fail. */
6049 37966063 : if (!allow_cc_mode
6050 20548566 : && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_CC)
6051 : return 0;
6052 :
6053 : /* Canonicalize any ordered comparison with integers involving equality
6054 : if we can do computations in the relevant mode and we do not
6055 : overflow. */
6056 :
6057 36698890 : scalar_int_mode op0_mode;
6058 36698890 : if (CONST_INT_P (op1)
6059 24750603 : && is_a <scalar_int_mode> (GET_MODE (op0), &op0_mode)
6060 60811560 : && GET_MODE_PRECISION (op0_mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
6061 : {
6062 24083233 : HOST_WIDE_INT const_val = INTVAL (op1);
6063 24083233 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT uconst_val = const_val;
6064 24083233 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_val
6065 24083233 : = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_MASK (op0_mode);
6066 :
6067 24083233 : switch (code)
6068 : {
6069 913761 : case LE:
6070 913761 : if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) const_val != max_val >> 1)
6071 913761 : code = LT, op1 = gen_int_mode (const_val + 1, op0_mode);
6072 : break;
6073 :
6074 : /* When cross-compiling, const_val might be sign-extended from
6075 : BITS_PER_WORD to HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT */
6076 301996 : case GE:
6077 301996 : if ((const_val & max_val)
6078 301996 : != (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (GET_MODE_PRECISION (op0_mode) - 1)))
6079 301996 : code = GT, op1 = gen_int_mode (const_val - 1, op0_mode);
6080 : break;
6081 :
6082 676596 : case LEU:
6083 676596 : if (uconst_val < max_val)
6084 667080 : code = LTU, op1 = gen_int_mode (uconst_val + 1, op0_mode);
6085 : break;
6086 :
6087 121009 : case GEU:
6088 121009 : if (uconst_val != 0)
6089 121004 : code = GTU, op1 = gen_int_mode (uconst_val - 1, op0_mode);
6090 : break;
6091 :
6092 : default:
6093 : break;
6094 : }
6095 : }
6096 :
6097 : /* We promised to return a comparison. */
6098 36698890 : rtx ret = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, VOIDmode, op0, op1);
6099 36698890 : if (COMPARISON_P (ret))
6100 : return ret;
6101 : return 0;
6102 : }
6103 :
6104 : /* Given a jump insn JUMP, return the condition that will cause it to branch
6105 : to its JUMP_LABEL. If the condition cannot be understood, or is an
6106 : inequality floating-point comparison which needs to be reversed, 0 will
6107 : be returned.
6108 :
6109 : If EARLIEST is nonzero, it is a pointer to a place where the earliest
6110 : insn used in locating the condition was found. If a replacement test
6111 : of the condition is desired, it should be placed in front of that
6112 : insn and we will be sure that the inputs are still valid. If EARLIEST
6113 : is null, the returned condition will be valid at INSN.
6114 :
6115 : If ALLOW_CC_MODE is nonzero, allow the condition returned to be a
6116 : compare CC mode register.
6117 :
6118 : VALID_AT_INSN_P is the same as for canonicalize_condition. */
6119 :
6120 : rtx
6121 37189397 : get_condition (rtx_insn *jump, rtx_insn **earliest, int allow_cc_mode,
6122 : int valid_at_insn_p)
6123 : {
6124 37189397 : rtx cond;
6125 37189397 : int reverse;
6126 37189397 : rtx set;
6127 :
6128 : /* If this is not a standard conditional jump, we can't parse it. */
6129 37189397 : if (!JUMP_P (jump)
6130 37189397 : || ! any_condjump_p (jump))
6131 3643480 : return 0;
6132 33545917 : set = pc_set (jump);
6133 :
6134 33545917 : cond = XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0);
6135 :
6136 : /* If this branches to JUMP_LABEL when the condition is false, reverse
6137 : the condition. */
6138 33545917 : reverse
6139 67091834 : = GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 2)) == LABEL_REF
6140 33545917 : && label_ref_label (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 2)) == JUMP_LABEL (jump);
6141 :
6142 33545917 : return canonicalize_condition (jump, cond, reverse, earliest, NULL_RTX,
6143 33545917 : allow_cc_mode, valid_at_insn_p);
6144 : }
6145 :
6146 : /* Initialize the table NUM_SIGN_BIT_COPIES_IN_REP based on
6147 : TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED.
6148 :
6149 : Note that we assume that the property of
6150 : TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED(B, C) is sticky to the integral modes
6151 : narrower than mode B. I.e., if A is a mode narrower than B then in
6152 : order to be able to operate on it in mode B, mode A needs to
6153 : satisfy the requirements set by the representation of mode B. */
6154 :
6155 : static void
6156 280826 : init_num_sign_bit_copies_in_rep (void)
6157 : {
6158 280826 : opt_scalar_int_mode in_mode_iter;
6159 280826 : scalar_int_mode mode;
6160 :
6161 2246608 : FOR_EACH_MODE_IN_CLASS (in_mode_iter, MODE_INT)
6162 7863128 : FOR_EACH_MODE_UNTIL (mode, in_mode_iter.require ())
6163 : {
6164 5897346 : scalar_int_mode in_mode = in_mode_iter.require ();
6165 5897346 : scalar_int_mode i;
6166 :
6167 : /* Currently, it is assumed that TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED
6168 : extends to the next widest mode. */
6169 5897346 : gcc_assert (targetm.mode_rep_extended (mode, in_mode) == UNKNOWN
6170 : || GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode).require () == in_mode);
6171 :
6172 : /* We are in in_mode. Count how many bits outside of mode
6173 : have to be copies of the sign-bit. */
6174 21623602 : FOR_EACH_MODE (i, mode, in_mode)
6175 : {
6176 : /* This must always exist (for the last iteration it will be
6177 : IN_MODE). */
6178 15726256 : scalar_int_mode wider = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (i).require ();
6179 :
6180 15726256 : if (targetm.mode_rep_extended (i, wider) == SIGN_EXTEND
6181 : /* We can only check sign-bit copies starting from the
6182 : top-bit. In order to be able to check the bits we
6183 : have already seen we pretend that subsequent bits
6184 : have to be sign-bit copies too. */
6185 15726256 : || num_sign_bit_copies_in_rep [in_mode][mode])
6186 0 : num_sign_bit_copies_in_rep [in_mode][mode]
6187 0 : += GET_MODE_PRECISION (wider) - GET_MODE_PRECISION (i);
6188 : }
6189 : }
6190 280826 : }
6191 :
6192 : /* Suppose that truncation from the machine mode of X to MODE is not a
6193 : no-op. See if there is anything special about X so that we can
6194 : assume it already contains a truncated value of MODE. */
6195 :
6196 : bool
6197 0 : truncated_to_mode (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x)
6198 : {
6199 : /* This register has already been used in MODE without explicit
6200 : truncation. */
6201 0 : if (REG_P (x) && rtl_hooks.reg_truncated_to_mode (mode, x))
6202 : return true;
6203 :
6204 : /* See if we already satisfy the requirements of MODE. If yes we
6205 : can just switch to MODE. */
6206 0 : if (num_sign_bit_copies_in_rep[GET_MODE (x)][mode]
6207 0 : && (num_sign_bit_copies (x, GET_MODE (x))
6208 0 : >= num_sign_bit_copies_in_rep[GET_MODE (x)][mode] + 1))
6209 : return true;
6210 :
6211 : return false;
6212 : }
6213 :
6214 : /* Return true if RTX code CODE has a single sequence of zero or more
6215 : "e" operands and no rtvec operands. Initialize its rtx_all_subrtx_bounds
6216 : entry in that case. */
6217 :
6218 : static bool
6219 43247204 : setup_reg_subrtx_bounds (unsigned int code)
6220 : {
6221 43247204 : const char *format = GET_RTX_FORMAT ((enum rtx_code) code);
6222 43247204 : unsigned int i = 0;
6223 60939242 : for (; format[i] != 'e'; ++i)
6224 : {
6225 27240122 : if (!format[i])
6226 : /* No subrtxes. Leave start and count as 0. */
6227 : return true;
6228 19938646 : if (format[i] == 'E' || format[i] == 'V')
6229 : return false;
6230 : }
6231 :
6232 : /* Record the sequence of 'e's. */
6233 33699120 : rtx_all_subrtx_bounds[code].start = i;
6234 54761070 : do
6235 54761070 : ++i;
6236 54761070 : while (format[i] == 'e');
6237 33699120 : rtx_all_subrtx_bounds[code].count = i - rtx_all_subrtx_bounds[code].start;
6238 : /* rtl-iter.h relies on this. */
6239 33699120 : gcc_checking_assert (rtx_all_subrtx_bounds[code].count <= 3);
6240 :
6241 37630684 : for (; format[i]; ++i)
6242 5335694 : if (format[i] == 'E' || format[i] == 'V' || format[i] == 'e')
6243 : return false;
6244 :
6245 : return true;
6246 : }
6247 :
6248 : /* Initialize rtx_all_subrtx_bounds. */
6249 : void
6250 280826 : init_rtlanal (void)
6251 : {
6252 280826 : int i;
6253 43528030 : for (i = 0; i < NUM_RTX_CODE; i++)
6254 : {
6255 43247204 : if (!setup_reg_subrtx_bounds (i))
6256 3650738 : rtx_all_subrtx_bounds[i].count = UCHAR_MAX;
6257 43247204 : if (GET_RTX_CLASS (i) != RTX_CONST_OBJ)
6258 40438944 : rtx_nonconst_subrtx_bounds[i] = rtx_all_subrtx_bounds[i];
6259 : }
6260 :
6261 280826 : init_num_sign_bit_copies_in_rep ();
6262 280826 : }
6263 :
6264 : /* Check whether this is a constant pool constant. */
6265 : bool
6266 11659 : constant_pool_constant_p (rtx x)
6267 : {
6268 11659 : x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (x);
6269 11659 : return CONST_DOUBLE_P (x);
6270 : }
6271 :
6272 : /* If M is a bitmask that selects a field of low-order bits within an item but
6273 : not the entire word, return the length of the field. Return -1 otherwise.
6274 : M is used in machine mode MODE. */
6275 :
6276 : int
6277 8144 : low_bitmask_len (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT m)
6278 : {
6279 8144 : if (mode != VOIDmode)
6280 : {
6281 8144 : if (!HWI_COMPUTABLE_MODE_P (mode))
6282 : return -1;
6283 8144 : m &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
6284 : }
6285 :
6286 8144 : return exact_log2 (m + 1);
6287 : }
6288 :
6289 : /* Return the mode of MEM's address. */
6290 :
6291 : scalar_int_mode
6292 179708108 : get_address_mode (rtx mem)
6293 : {
6294 179708108 : machine_mode mode;
6295 :
6296 179708108 : gcc_assert (MEM_P (mem));
6297 179708108 : mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (mem, 0));
6298 179708108 : if (mode != VOIDmode)
6299 179200970 : return as_a <scalar_int_mode> (mode);
6300 530781 : return targetm.addr_space.address_mode (MEM_ADDR_SPACE (mem));
6301 : }
6302 :
6303 : /* Split up a CONST_DOUBLE or integer constant rtx
6304 : into two rtx's for single words,
6305 : storing in *FIRST the word that comes first in memory in the target
6306 : and in *SECOND the other.
6307 :
6308 : TODO: This function needs to be rewritten to work on any size
6309 : integer. */
6310 :
6311 : void
6312 0 : split_double (rtx value, rtx *first, rtx *second)
6313 : {
6314 0 : if (CONST_INT_P (value))
6315 : {
6316 0 : if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= (2 * BITS_PER_WORD))
6317 : {
6318 : /* In this case the CONST_INT holds both target words.
6319 : Extract the bits from it into two word-sized pieces.
6320 : Sign extend each half to HOST_WIDE_INT. */
6321 0 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low, high;
6322 0 : unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask, sign_bit, sign_extend;
6323 0 : unsigned bits_per_word = BITS_PER_WORD;
6324 :
6325 : /* Set sign_bit to the most significant bit of a word. */
6326 0 : sign_bit = 1;
6327 0 : sign_bit <<= bits_per_word - 1;
6328 :
6329 : /* Set mask so that all bits of the word are set. We could
6330 : have used 1 << BITS_PER_WORD instead of basing the
6331 : calculation on sign_bit. However, on machines where
6332 : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == BITS_PER_WORD, it could cause a
6333 : compiler warning, even though the code would never be
6334 : executed. */
6335 0 : mask = sign_bit << 1;
6336 0 : mask--;
6337 :
6338 : /* Set sign_extend as any remaining bits. */
6339 0 : sign_extend = ~mask;
6340 :
6341 : /* Pick the lower word and sign-extend it. */
6342 0 : low = INTVAL (value);
6343 0 : low &= mask;
6344 0 : if (low & sign_bit)
6345 0 : low |= sign_extend;
6346 :
6347 : /* Pick the higher word, shifted to the least significant
6348 : bits, and sign-extend it. */
6349 0 : high = INTVAL (value);
6350 0 : high >>= bits_per_word - 1;
6351 0 : high >>= 1;
6352 0 : high &= mask;
6353 0 : if (high & sign_bit)
6354 0 : high |= sign_extend;
6355 :
6356 : /* Store the words in the target machine order. */
6357 0 : if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6358 : {
6359 : *first = GEN_INT (high);
6360 : *second = GEN_INT (low);
6361 : }
6362 : else
6363 : {
6364 0 : *first = GEN_INT (low);
6365 0 : *second = GEN_INT (high);
6366 : }
6367 : }
6368 : else
6369 : {
6370 : /* The rule for using CONST_INT for a wider mode
6371 : is that we regard the value as signed.
6372 : So sign-extend it. */
6373 0 : rtx high = (INTVAL (value) < 0 ? constm1_rtx : const0_rtx);
6374 0 : if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6375 : {
6376 : *first = high;
6377 : *second = value;
6378 : }
6379 : else
6380 : {
6381 0 : *first = value;
6382 0 : *second = high;
6383 : }
6384 : }
6385 : }
6386 0 : else if (GET_CODE (value) == CONST_WIDE_INT)
6387 : {
6388 : /* All of this is scary code and needs to be converted to
6389 : properly work with any size integer. */
6390 0 : gcc_assert (CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (value) == 2);
6391 0 : if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6392 : {
6393 : *first = GEN_INT (CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (value, 1));
6394 : *second = GEN_INT (CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (value, 0));
6395 : }
6396 : else
6397 : {
6398 0 : *first = GEN_INT (CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (value, 0));
6399 0 : *second = GEN_INT (CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (value, 1));
6400 : }
6401 : }
6402 0 : else if (!CONST_DOUBLE_P (value))
6403 : {
6404 0 : if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6405 : {
6406 : *first = const0_rtx;
6407 : *second = value;
6408 : }
6409 : else
6410 : {
6411 0 : *first = value;
6412 0 : *second = const0_rtx;
6413 : }
6414 : }
6415 0 : else if (GET_MODE (value) == VOIDmode
6416 : /* This is the old way we did CONST_DOUBLE integers. */
6417 0 : || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (value)) == MODE_INT)
6418 : {
6419 : /* In an integer, the words are defined as most and least significant.
6420 : So order them by the target's convention. */
6421 0 : if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6422 : {
6423 : *first = GEN_INT (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (value));
6424 : *second = GEN_INT (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (value));
6425 : }
6426 : else
6427 : {
6428 0 : *first = GEN_INT (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (value));
6429 0 : *second = GEN_INT (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (value));
6430 : }
6431 : }
6432 : else
6433 : {
6434 0 : long l[2];
6435 :
6436 : /* Note, this converts the REAL_VALUE_TYPE to the target's
6437 : format, splits up the floating point double and outputs
6438 : exactly 32 bits of it into each of l[0] and l[1] --
6439 : not necessarily BITS_PER_WORD bits. */
6440 0 : REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (*CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (value), l);
6441 :
6442 : /* If 32 bits is an entire word for the target, but not for the host,
6443 : then sign-extend on the host so that the number will look the same
6444 : way on the host that it would on the target. See for instance
6445 : simplify_unary_operation. The #if is needed to avoid compiler
6446 : warnings. */
6447 :
6448 : #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG > 32
6449 0 : if (BITS_PER_WORD < HOST_BITS_PER_LONG && BITS_PER_WORD == 32)
6450 : {
6451 0 : if (l[0] & ((long) 1 << 31))
6452 0 : l[0] |= ((unsigned long) (-1) << 32);
6453 0 : if (l[1] & ((long) 1 << 31))
6454 0 : l[1] |= ((unsigned long) (-1) << 32);
6455 : }
6456 : #endif
6457 :
6458 0 : *first = GEN_INT (l[0]);
6459 0 : *second = GEN_INT (l[1]);
6460 : }
6461 0 : }
6462 :
6463 : /* Return true if X is a sign_extract or zero_extract from the least
6464 : significant bit. */
6465 :
6466 : static bool
6467 211324727 : lsb_bitfield_op_p (rtx x)
6468 : {
6469 0 : if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == RTX_BITFIELD_OPS)
6470 : {
6471 0 : machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0));
6472 0 : HOST_WIDE_INT len = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
6473 0 : HOST_WIDE_INT pos = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 2));
6474 0 : poly_int64 remaining_bits = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - len;
6475 :
6476 0 : return known_eq (pos, BITS_BIG_ENDIAN ? remaining_bits : 0);
6477 : }
6478 : return false;
6479 : }
6480 :
6481 : /* Strip outer address "mutations" from LOC and return a pointer to the
6482 : inner value. If OUTER_CODE is nonnull, store the code of the innermost
6483 : stripped expression there.
6484 :
6485 : "Mutations" either convert between modes or apply some kind of
6486 : extension, truncation or alignment. */
6487 :
6488 : rtx *
6489 211322555 : strip_address_mutations (rtx *loc, enum rtx_code *outer_code)
6490 : {
6491 211396693 : for (;;)
6492 : {
6493 211396693 : enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (*loc);
6494 211396693 : if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_UNARY)
6495 : /* Things like SIGN_EXTEND, ZERO_EXTEND and TRUNCATE can be
6496 : used to convert between pointer sizes. */
6497 71966 : loc = &XEXP (*loc, 0);
6498 211324727 : else if (lsb_bitfield_op_p (*loc))
6499 : /* A [SIGN|ZERO]_EXTRACT from the least significant bit effectively
6500 : acts as a combined truncation and extension. */
6501 0 : loc = &XEXP (*loc, 0);
6502 211324727 : else if (code == AND && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (*loc, 1)))
6503 : /* (and ... (const_int -X)) is used to align to X bytes. */
6504 2160 : loc = &XEXP (*loc, 0);
6505 211322567 : else if (code == SUBREG
6506 30383 : && (!OBJECT_P (SUBREG_REG (*loc))
6507 30381 : || CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (*loc)))
6508 211322579 : && subreg_lowpart_p (*loc))
6509 : /* (subreg (operator ...) ...) inside AND is used for mode
6510 : conversion too. It is also used for load-address operations
6511 : in which an extension can be done for free, such as:
6512 :
6513 : (zero_extend:DI
6514 : (subreg:SI (plus:DI (reg:DI R) (symbol_ref:DI "foo") 0)))
6515 :
6516 : The latter usage also covers subregs of plain "displacements",
6517 : such as:
6518 :
6519 : (zero_extend:DI (subreg:SI (symbol_ref:DI "foo") 0))
6520 :
6521 : The inner address should then be the symbol_ref, not the subreg,
6522 : similarly to the plus case above.
6523 :
6524 : In contrast, the subreg in:
6525 :
6526 : (zero_extend:DI (subreg:SI (reg:DI R) 0))
6527 :
6528 : should be treated as the base, since it should be replaced by
6529 : an SImode hard register during register allocation. */
6530 12 : loc = &SUBREG_REG (*loc);
6531 : else
6532 211322555 : return loc;
6533 74138 : if (outer_code)
6534 74138 : *outer_code = code;
6535 : }
6536 : }
6537 :
6538 : /* Return true if CODE applies some kind of scale. The scaled value is
6539 : is the first operand and the scale is the second. */
6540 :
6541 : static bool
6542 66207604 : binary_scale_code_p (enum rtx_code code)
6543 : {
6544 66207604 : return (code == MULT
6545 66207604 : || code == ASHIFT
6546 : /* Needed by ARM targets. */
6547 : || code == ASHIFTRT
6548 : || code == LSHIFTRT
6549 64013550 : || code == ROTATE
6550 64013550 : || code == ROTATERT);
6551 : }
6552 :
6553 : /* Return true if X appears to be a valid base or index term. */
6554 : static bool
6555 132415208 : valid_base_or_index_term_p (rtx x)
6556 : {
6557 132415208 : if (GET_CODE (x) == SCRATCH)
6558 : return true;
6559 : /* Handle what appear to be eliminated forms of a register. If we reach
6560 : here, the elimination occurs outside of the outermost PLUS tree,
6561 : and so the elimination offset cannot be treated as a displacement
6562 : of the main address. Instead, we need to treat the whole PLUS as
6563 : the base or index term. The address can only be made legitimate by
6564 : reloading the PLUS. */
6565 132415208 : if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && CONST_SCALAR_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
6566 0 : x = XEXP (x, 0);
6567 132415208 : if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
6568 52082 : x = SUBREG_REG (x);
6569 132415208 : return REG_P (x) || MEM_P (x);
6570 : }
6571 :
6572 : /* If *INNER can be interpreted as a base, return a pointer to the inner term
6573 : (see address_info). Return null otherwise. */
6574 :
6575 : static rtx *
6576 66207604 : get_base_term (rtx *inner)
6577 : {
6578 66207604 : if (GET_CODE (*inner) == LO_SUM)
6579 0 : inner = strip_address_mutations (&XEXP (*inner, 0));
6580 66207604 : if (valid_base_or_index_term_p (*inner))
6581 64013550 : return inner;
6582 : return 0;
6583 : }
6584 :
6585 : /* If *INNER can be interpreted as an index, return a pointer to the inner term
6586 : (see address_info). Return null otherwise. */
6587 :
6588 : static rtx *
6589 66207604 : get_index_term (rtx *inner)
6590 : {
6591 : /* At present, only constant scales are allowed. */
6592 66207604 : if (binary_scale_code_p (GET_CODE (*inner)) && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (*inner, 1)))
6593 2194054 : inner = strip_address_mutations (&XEXP (*inner, 0));
6594 66207604 : if (valid_base_or_index_term_p (*inner))
6595 66207604 : return inner;
6596 : return 0;
6597 : }
6598 :
6599 : /* Set the segment part of address INFO to LOC, given that INNER is the
6600 : unmutated value. */
6601 :
6602 : static void
6603 17 : set_address_segment (struct address_info *info, rtx *loc, rtx *inner)
6604 : {
6605 17 : gcc_assert (!info->segment);
6606 17 : info->segment = loc;
6607 17 : info->segment_term = inner;
6608 17 : }
6609 :
6610 : /* Set the base part of address INFO to LOC, given that INNER is the
6611 : unmutated value. */
6612 :
6613 : static void
6614 64557520 : set_address_base (struct address_info *info, rtx *loc, rtx *inner)
6615 : {
6616 64557520 : gcc_assert (!info->base);
6617 64557520 : info->base = loc;
6618 64557520 : info->base_term = inner;
6619 64557520 : }
6620 :
6621 : /* Set the index part of address INFO to LOC, given that INNER is the
6622 : unmutated value. */
6623 :
6624 : static void
6625 3732831 : set_address_index (struct address_info *info, rtx *loc, rtx *inner)
6626 : {
6627 3732831 : gcc_assert (!info->index);
6628 3732831 : info->index = loc;
6629 3732831 : info->index_term = inner;
6630 3732831 : }
6631 :
6632 : /* Set the displacement part of address INFO to LOC, given that INNER
6633 : is the constant term. */
6634 :
6635 : static void
6636 65792104 : set_address_disp (struct address_info *info, rtx *loc, rtx *inner)
6637 : {
6638 65792104 : gcc_assert (!info->disp);
6639 65792104 : info->disp = loc;
6640 65792104 : info->disp_term = inner;
6641 65792104 : }
6642 :
6643 : /* INFO->INNER describes a {PRE,POST}_{INC,DEC} address. Set up the
6644 : rest of INFO accordingly. */
6645 :
6646 : static void
6647 1978850 : decompose_incdec_address (struct address_info *info)
6648 : {
6649 1978850 : info->autoinc_p = true;
6650 :
6651 1978850 : rtx *base = &XEXP (*info->inner, 0);
6652 1978850 : set_address_base (info, base, base);
6653 1978850 : gcc_checking_assert (info->base == info->base_term);
6654 :
6655 : /* These addresses are only valid when the size of the addressed
6656 : value is known. */
6657 1978850 : gcc_checking_assert (info->mode != VOIDmode);
6658 1978850 : }
6659 :
6660 : /* INFO->INNER describes a {PRE,POST}_MODIFY address. Set up the rest
6661 : of INFO accordingly. */
6662 :
6663 : static void
6664 103897 : decompose_automod_address (struct address_info *info)
6665 : {
6666 103897 : info->autoinc_p = true;
6667 :
6668 103897 : rtx *base = &XEXP (*info->inner, 0);
6669 103897 : set_address_base (info, base, base);
6670 103897 : gcc_checking_assert (info->base == info->base_term);
6671 :
6672 103897 : rtx plus = XEXP (*info->inner, 1);
6673 103897 : gcc_assert (GET_CODE (plus) == PLUS);
6674 :
6675 103897 : info->base_term2 = &XEXP (plus, 0);
6676 103897 : gcc_checking_assert (rtx_equal_p (*info->base_term, *info->base_term2));
6677 :
6678 103897 : rtx *step = &XEXP (plus, 1);
6679 103897 : rtx *inner_step = strip_address_mutations (step);
6680 103897 : if (CONSTANT_P (*inner_step))
6681 103897 : set_address_disp (info, step, inner_step);
6682 : else
6683 0 : set_address_index (info, step, inner_step);
6684 103897 : }
6685 :
6686 : /* Treat *LOC as a tree of PLUS operands and store pointers to the summed
6687 : values in [PTR, END). Return a pointer to the end of the used array. */
6688 :
6689 : static rtx **
6690 131895828 : extract_plus_operands (rtx *loc, rtx **ptr, rtx **end)
6691 : {
6692 188745627 : rtx x = *loc;
6693 188745627 : if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS)
6694 : {
6695 56849799 : ptr = extract_plus_operands (&XEXP (x, 0), ptr, end);
6696 56849799 : ptr = extract_plus_operands (&XEXP (x, 1), ptr, end);
6697 : }
6698 : else
6699 : {
6700 131895828 : gcc_assert (ptr != end);
6701 131895828 : *ptr++ = loc;
6702 : }
6703 131895828 : return ptr;
6704 : }
6705 :
6706 : /* Evaluate the likelihood of X being a base or index value, returning
6707 : positive if it is likely to be a base, negative if it is likely to be
6708 : an index, and 0 if we can't tell. Make the magnitude of the return
6709 : value reflect the amount of confidence we have in the answer.
6710 :
6711 : MODE, AS, OUTER_CODE and INDEX_CODE are as for ok_for_base_p_1. */
6712 :
6713 : static int
6714 3077554 : baseness (rtx x, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as,
6715 : enum rtx_code outer_code, enum rtx_code index_code)
6716 : {
6717 : /* Believe *_POINTER unless the address shape requires otherwise. */
6718 3077554 : if (REG_P (x) && REG_POINTER (x))
6719 : return 2;
6720 1756270 : if (MEM_P (x) && MEM_POINTER (x))
6721 : return 2;
6722 :
6723 1756270 : if (REG_P (x) && HARD_REGISTER_P (x))
6724 : {
6725 : /* X is a hard register. If it only fits one of the base
6726 : or index classes, choose that interpretation. */
6727 12 : int regno = REGNO (x);
6728 12 : bool base_p = ok_for_base_p_1 (regno, mode, as, outer_code, index_code);
6729 12 : bool index_p = REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno);
6730 12 : if (base_p != index_p)
6731 0 : return base_p ? 1 : -1;
6732 : }
6733 : return 0;
6734 : }
6735 :
6736 : /* INFO->INNER describes a normal, non-automodified address.
6737 : Fill in the rest of INFO accordingly. */
6738 :
6739 : static void
6740 75046029 : decompose_normal_address (struct address_info *info)
6741 : {
6742 : /* Treat the address as the sum of up to four values. */
6743 75046029 : rtx *ops[4];
6744 75046029 : size_t n_ops = extract_plus_operands (info->inner, ops,
6745 75046029 : ops + ARRAY_SIZE (ops)) - ops;
6746 :
6747 : /* If there is more than one component, any base component is in a PLUS. */
6748 75046029 : if (n_ops > 1)
6749 55357018 : info->base_outer_code = PLUS;
6750 :
6751 : /* Try to classify each sum operand now. Leave those that could be
6752 : either a base or an index in OPS. */
6753 : rtx *inner_ops[4];
6754 : size_t out = 0;
6755 206941857 : for (size_t in = 0; in < n_ops; ++in)
6756 : {
6757 131895828 : rtx *loc = ops[in];
6758 131895828 : rtx *inner = strip_address_mutations (loc);
6759 131895828 : if (CONSTANT_P (*inner))
6760 65688207 : set_address_disp (info, loc, inner);
6761 66207621 : else if (GET_CODE (*inner) == UNSPEC)
6762 17 : set_address_segment (info, loc, inner);
6763 : else
6764 : {
6765 : /* The only other possibilities are a base or an index. */
6766 66207604 : rtx *base_term = get_base_term (inner);
6767 66207604 : rtx *index_term = get_index_term (inner);
6768 66207604 : gcc_assert (base_term || index_term);
6769 66207604 : if (!base_term)
6770 2194054 : set_address_index (info, loc, index_term);
6771 64013550 : else if (!index_term)
6772 0 : set_address_base (info, loc, base_term);
6773 : else
6774 : {
6775 64013550 : gcc_assert (base_term == index_term);
6776 64013550 : ops[out] = loc;
6777 64013550 : inner_ops[out] = base_term;
6778 64013550 : ++out;
6779 : }
6780 : }
6781 : }
6782 :
6783 : /* Classify the remaining OPS members as bases and indexes. */
6784 75046029 : if (out == 1)
6785 : {
6786 : /* If we haven't seen a base or an index yet, assume that this is
6787 : the base. If we were confident that another term was the base
6788 : or index, treat the remaining operand as the other kind. */
6789 60935996 : if (!info->base)
6790 60935996 : set_address_base (info, ops[0], inner_ops[0]);
6791 : else
6792 0 : set_address_index (info, ops[0], inner_ops[0]);
6793 : }
6794 14110033 : else if (out == 2)
6795 : {
6796 1538777 : auto address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (info->as);
6797 1538777 : rtx inner_op0 = *inner_ops[0];
6798 1538777 : rtx inner_op1 = *inner_ops[1];
6799 1538777 : int base;
6800 : /* If one inner operand has the expected mode for a base and the other
6801 : doesn't, assume that the other one is the index. This is useful
6802 : for addresses such as:
6803 :
6804 : (plus (zero_extend X) Y)
6805 :
6806 : zero_extend is not in itself enough to assume an index, since bases
6807 : can be zero-extended on POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED targets. But if
6808 : Y has address mode and X doesn't, there should be little doubt that
6809 : Y is the base. */
6810 1538777 : if (GET_MODE (inner_op0) == address_mode
6811 1538777 : && GET_MODE (inner_op1) != address_mode)
6812 : base = 0;
6813 1538777 : else if (GET_MODE (inner_op1) == address_mode
6814 1538777 : && GET_MODE (inner_op0) != address_mode)
6815 : base = 1;
6816 : /* In the event of a tie, assume the base comes first. */
6817 1538777 : else if (baseness (inner_op0, info->mode, info->as, PLUS,
6818 1538777 : GET_CODE (*ops[1]))
6819 1538777 : >= baseness (inner_op1, info->mode, info->as, PLUS,
6820 1538777 : GET_CODE (*ops[0])))
6821 : base = 0;
6822 : else
6823 7731 : base = 1;
6824 1538777 : set_address_base (info, ops[base], inner_ops[base]);
6825 1538777 : set_address_index (info, ops[1 - base], inner_ops[1 - base]);
6826 : }
6827 : else
6828 12571256 : gcc_assert (out == 0);
6829 75046029 : }
6830 :
6831 : /* Describe address *LOC in *INFO. MODE is the mode of the addressed value,
6832 : or VOIDmode if not known. AS is the address space associated with LOC.
6833 : OUTER_CODE is MEM if *LOC is a MEM address and ADDRESS otherwise. */
6834 :
6835 : void
6836 77128776 : decompose_address (struct address_info *info, rtx *loc, machine_mode mode,
6837 : addr_space_t as, enum rtx_code outer_code)
6838 : {
6839 77128776 : memset (info, 0, sizeof (*info));
6840 77128776 : info->mode = mode;
6841 77128776 : info->as = as;
6842 77128776 : info->addr_outer_code = outer_code;
6843 77128776 : info->outer = loc;
6844 77128776 : info->inner = strip_address_mutations (loc, &outer_code);
6845 77128776 : info->base_outer_code = outer_code;
6846 77128776 : switch (GET_CODE (*info->inner))
6847 : {
6848 1978850 : case PRE_DEC:
6849 1978850 : case PRE_INC:
6850 1978850 : case POST_DEC:
6851 1978850 : case POST_INC:
6852 1978850 : decompose_incdec_address (info);
6853 1978850 : break;
6854 :
6855 103897 : case PRE_MODIFY:
6856 103897 : case POST_MODIFY:
6857 103897 : decompose_automod_address (info);
6858 103897 : break;
6859 :
6860 75046029 : default:
6861 75046029 : decompose_normal_address (info);
6862 75046029 : break;
6863 : }
6864 77128776 : }
6865 :
6866 : /* Describe address operand LOC in INFO. */
6867 :
6868 : void
6869 3437514 : decompose_lea_address (struct address_info *info, rtx *loc)
6870 : {
6871 3437514 : decompose_address (info, loc, VOIDmode, ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC, ADDRESS);
6872 3437514 : }
6873 :
6874 : /* Describe the address of MEM X in INFO. */
6875 :
6876 : void
6877 73678171 : decompose_mem_address (struct address_info *info, rtx x)
6878 : {
6879 73678171 : gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
6880 73678171 : decompose_address (info, &XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (x),
6881 73678171 : MEM_ADDR_SPACE (x), MEM);
6882 73678171 : }
6883 :
6884 : /* Update INFO after a change to the address it describes. */
6885 :
6886 : void
6887 13091 : update_address (struct address_info *info)
6888 : {
6889 13091 : decompose_address (info, info->outer, info->mode, info->as,
6890 : info->addr_outer_code);
6891 13091 : }
6892 :
6893 : /* Return the scale applied to *INFO->INDEX_TERM, or 0 if the index is
6894 : more complicated than that. */
6895 :
6896 : HOST_WIDE_INT
6897 0 : get_index_scale (const struct address_info *info)
6898 : {
6899 0 : rtx index = *info->index;
6900 0 : if (GET_CODE (index) == MULT
6901 0 : && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (index, 1))
6902 0 : && info->index_term == &XEXP (index, 0))
6903 0 : return INTVAL (XEXP (index, 1));
6904 :
6905 0 : if (GET_CODE (index) == ASHIFT
6906 0 : && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (index, 1))
6907 0 : && info->index_term == &XEXP (index, 0))
6908 0 : return HOST_WIDE_INT_1 << INTVAL (XEXP (index, 1));
6909 :
6910 0 : if (info->index == info->index_term)
6911 0 : return 1;
6912 :
6913 : return 0;
6914 : }
6915 :
6916 : /* Return the "index code" of INFO, in the form required by
6917 : ok_for_base_p_1. */
6918 :
6919 : enum rtx_code
6920 33260886 : get_index_code (const struct address_info *info)
6921 : {
6922 33260886 : if (info->index)
6923 1521064 : return GET_CODE (*info->index);
6924 :
6925 31739822 : if (info->disp)
6926 25912983 : return GET_CODE (*info->disp);
6927 :
6928 : return SCRATCH;
6929 : }
6930 :
6931 : /* Return true if RTL X contains a SYMBOL_REF. */
6932 :
6933 : bool
6934 751965 : contains_symbol_ref_p (const_rtx x)
6935 : {
6936 751965 : subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6937 3101368 : FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6938 2426783 : if (SYMBOL_REF_P (*iter))
6939 77380 : return true;
6940 :
6941 674585 : return false;
6942 751965 : }
6943 :
6944 : /* Return true if RTL X contains a SYMBOL_REF or LABEL_REF. */
6945 :
6946 : bool
6947 360029 : contains_symbolic_reference_p (const_rtx x)
6948 : {
6949 360029 : subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6950 832843 : FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6951 477367 : if (SYMBOL_REF_P (*iter) || GET_CODE (*iter) == LABEL_REF)
6952 4553 : return true;
6953 :
6954 355476 : return false;
6955 360029 : }
6956 :
6957 : /* Return true if RTL X contains a constant pool address. */
6958 :
6959 : bool
6960 0 : contains_constant_pool_address_p (const_rtx x)
6961 : {
6962 0 : subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6963 0 : FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6964 0 : if (SYMBOL_REF_P (*iter) && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (*iter))
6965 0 : return true;
6966 :
6967 0 : return false;
6968 0 : }
6969 :
6970 :
6971 : /* Return true if X contains a thread-local symbol. */
6972 :
6973 : bool
6974 0 : tls_referenced_p (const_rtx x)
6975 : {
6976 0 : if (!targetm.have_tls)
6977 : return false;
6978 :
6979 0 : subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6980 0 : FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6981 0 : if (GET_CODE (*iter) == SYMBOL_REF && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (*iter) != 0)
6982 0 : return true;
6983 0 : return false;
6984 0 : }
6985 :
6986 : /* Process recursively X of INSN and add REG_INC notes if necessary. */
6987 : void
6988 0 : add_auto_inc_notes (rtx_insn *insn, rtx x)
6989 : {
6990 0 : enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
6991 0 : const char *fmt;
6992 0 : int i, j;
6993 :
6994 0 : if (code == MEM && auto_inc_p (XEXP (x, 0)))
6995 : {
6996 0 : add_reg_note (insn, REG_INC, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
6997 0 : return;
6998 : }
6999 :
7000 : /* Scan all X sub-expressions. */
7001 0 : fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
7002 0 : for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
7003 : {
7004 0 : if (fmt[i] == 'e')
7005 0 : add_auto_inc_notes (insn, XEXP (x, i));
7006 0 : else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
7007 0 : for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
7008 0 : add_auto_inc_notes (insn, XVECEXP (x, i, j));
7009 : }
7010 : }
7011 :
7012 : /* Return true if INSN is the second element of a pair of macro-fused
7013 : single_sets, both of which having the same register output as another. */
7014 : bool
7015 67463292 : single_output_fused_pair_p (rtx_insn *insn)
7016 : {
7017 67463292 : rtx set, prev_set;
7018 67463292 : rtx_insn *prev;
7019 :
7020 67463292 : return INSN_P (insn)
7021 67463292 : && SCHED_GROUP_P (insn)
7022 4114056 : && (prev = prev_nonnote_nondebug_insn (insn))
7023 4114056 : && (set = single_set (insn)) != NULL_RTX
7024 4114056 : && (prev_set = single_set (prev))
7025 : != NULL_RTX
7026 4113912 : && REG_P (SET_DEST (set))
7027 0 : && REG_P (SET_DEST (prev_set))
7028 67463292 : && (!reload_completed
7029 0 : || REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == REGNO (SET_DEST (prev_set)));
7030 : }
7031 :
7032 : /* Return true if X is register asm. */
7033 :
7034 : bool
7035 18350829 : register_asm_p (const_rtx x)
7036 : {
7037 18350829 : return (REG_P (x)
7038 18350829 : && REG_EXPR (x) != NULL_TREE
7039 8969895 : && HAS_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_P (REG_EXPR (x))
7040 2802698 : && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (REG_EXPR (x))
7041 18397681 : && DECL_REGISTER (REG_EXPR (x)));
7042 : }
7043 :
7044 : /* Return true if, for all OP of mode OP_MODE:
7045 :
7046 : (vec_select:RESULT_MODE OP SEL)
7047 :
7048 : is equivalent to the highpart RESULT_MODE of OP. */
7049 :
7050 : bool
7051 0 : vec_series_highpart_p (machine_mode result_mode, machine_mode op_mode, rtx sel)
7052 : {
7053 0 : int nunits;
7054 0 : if (GET_MODE_NUNITS (op_mode).is_constant (&nunits)
7055 0 : && targetm.can_change_mode_class (op_mode, result_mode, ALL_REGS))
7056 : {
7057 0 : int offset = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? 0 : nunits - XVECLEN (sel, 0);
7058 0 : return rtvec_series_p (XVEC (sel, 0), offset);
7059 : }
7060 : return false;
7061 : }
7062 :
7063 : /* Return true if, for all OP of mode OP_MODE:
7064 :
7065 : (vec_select:RESULT_MODE OP SEL)
7066 :
7067 : is equivalent to the lowpart RESULT_MODE of OP. */
7068 :
7069 : bool
7070 5263362 : vec_series_lowpart_p (machine_mode result_mode, machine_mode op_mode, rtx sel)
7071 : {
7072 5263362 : int nunits;
7073 5263362 : if (GET_MODE_NUNITS (op_mode).is_constant (&nunits)
7074 5263362 : && targetm.can_change_mode_class (op_mode, result_mode, ALL_REGS))
7075 : {
7076 669435 : int offset = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? nunits - XVECLEN (sel, 0) : 0;
7077 669435 : return rtvec_series_p (XVEC (sel, 0), offset);
7078 : }
7079 : return false;
7080 : }
7081 :
7082 : /* Return true if X contains a paradoxical subreg. */
7083 :
7084 : bool
7085 1188392 : contains_paradoxical_subreg_p (rtx x)
7086 : {
7087 1188392 : subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array;
7088 5039382 : FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter, array, x, NONCONST)
7089 : {
7090 3901483 : x = *iter;
7091 3901483 : if (SUBREG_P (x) && paradoxical_subreg_p (x))
7092 50493 : return true;
7093 : }
7094 1137899 : return false;
7095 1188392 : }
|
